文档内容
关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
专题 37 短文语法填空
(2025 中考真题）
（2025·吉林长春·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
China is a country of etiquette (礼仪). I’m working here as a foreign teacher and I’m leaving soon. I 1
(real) have a deep understanding of Chinese culture and society.
Everything was new to me when I first arrived 2 China. As for seats at the table, Chinese people
have their own culture. Once, I 3 (invite) to a big dinner at a restaurant. Before the dinner, someone
showed me to take the seat 4 was ready for the most important person. It faced the door.
I found another 5 (interest) thing. Chinese people like giving gifts in pairs. Last month, I 6
(have) a party with three friends in my home. They each brought two gifts. I couldn’t wait to open them, 7
one of my friends reminded me not to do that right away. He thought it was 8 (polite) to open gifts in
front of the givers.
These are amazing 9 (day) of cultural experiences. I believe my stay in China will not be 10
last time. I expect to come to China again.
【答案】
1．really 2．in 3．was invited 4．that/which 5．interesting 6．had 7．but/yet 8．
impolite 9．days 10．the
【导语】本文讲述了一位在中国工作的外教即将离开中国，在离开前分享了自己对中国文化和社会的深刻
理解。
1．句意：我是一名外教，即将离开中国，我真的对中国文化和社会有了深刻的理解。根据“I….have a
deep understanding of Chinese culture and society.”和提示词可知，此处表达“真的对中国文化和社会有了深
刻的理解”，really“真正地”符合句意。故填really。
1关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
2．句意：当我第一次来到中国时，一切对我来说都是新的。根据“Everything was new to me when I first
arrived … China.”可知，此处表达“来到中国”，arrive in+大地点。故填in。
3．句意：有一次，我被邀请到一家餐馆吃一顿丰盛的晚餐。根据“Once, I …to a big dinner at a restaurant.”
和提示词可知，此处表达“我被邀请”，应该用被动语态，且根据“Once”可知，应该用一般过去时的被
动语态，主语是I，be动词用was。故填was invited。
4．句意：晚饭前，有人让我坐在为最重要的人准备的座位上。根据“Before the dinner, someone showed me
to take the seat … was ready for the most important person.”可知，此处是定语从句，先行词是seat，指物，在
从句中作主语，关系词用that或which。故填that/which。
5．句意：我发现了另一件有趣的事。根据“I found another…thing.”和提示词可知，此处表达“另一件有
趣的事”，interesting“有趣的”，形容词修饰名词thing。故填interesting。
6．句意：上个月，我和三个朋友在家里举行了一个聚会。根据“Last month, I…a party with three friends in
my home.”和提示词可知，此处表达“举行了一个聚会”，根据“Last month”可知，应该用一般过去时，
have的过去式是had。故填had。
7．句意：我迫不及待地想打开它们，但我的一个朋友提醒我不要马上打开。根据“I couldn’t wait to open
them,…one of my friends reminded me not to do that right away.”可知，前后句是转折关系，but“但是”或
yet“然而”符合句意。故填but/yet。
8．句意：他认为在送礼者面前打开礼物是不礼貌的。根据“He thought it was…to open gifts in front of the
givers.”和提示词可知，此处表达“在送礼者面前打开礼物是不礼貌的”，impolite“不礼貌的”符合句意。
故填impolite。
9．句意：这些是令人惊叹的文化体验日。根据“These are amazing…of cultural experiences.”和提示词可知，
此处表达“文化体验日”，day“天”，可数名词，根据“These are”可知，应该用复数形式。故填days。
10．句意：我相信我在中国的停留不会是最后一次。根据“I believe my stay in China will not be … last
time.”可知，此处表达“不会是最后一次”，last前面应该加定冠词the。故填the。
（2025·辽宁·中考真题）
阅读短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内所给词的正确形式填空，使短文通顺、连贯。
My uncle Jason is a fireman. Today I visited him at the fire station. It was a nice day full 11 new
things to see and learn!
The fire station looks like a house. The most exciting part is the garage (车库). There are 12
number of fire trucks in it, ready for calls. The garage is also a place for firemen to exercise. They must stay strong
13 (save) people. For the safety of firemen, special masks (面罩), coats and helmets (头盔) are always
2关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
necessary. But having them on is like wearing a winter coat in summer, both heavy 14 hot!
When Uncle Jason showed me his bedroom, an emergency call 15 (sudden) came in—a fire in a
house! He and some other firemen rushed out as soon as possible. When they 16 (return), Uncle Jason
told me they saved a family’s pet and put out the fire.
Firemen work in shifts (轮班) and each shift lasts twenty-four 17 (hour). On busy days, they may
spend all night fighting fires. They also help people in many other ways. Last night, an old couple found a snake in
their house and Uncle Jason 18 (send) to offer help.
Uncle Jason says the hardest part for him is being away from 19 (he) family. He misses them
when he’s at work, but he loves helping people as a fireman.
It’s fun meeting my uncle at his workplace. In my heart, he has become 20 (great) than ever
before. I’m so proud of him!
【答案】
11．of 12．a 13．to save 14．and 15．suddenly 16．returned 17．hours 18．was
sent 19．his 20．greater
【导语】本文讲述了作者参观消防员叔叔杰森工作的消防站的经历。
11．句意：今天是个充满新鲜事物可看可学的好日子！根据“full...new things”可知，full of“充满”。故填
of。
12．句意：里面有许多消防车，随时待命。根据“number of fire trucks”可知，a number of“许多”，修饰可
数名词复数。故填a。
13．句意：他们必须保持强壮才能救人。根据“They must stay strong...people.”可知，此处表示目的，应用
动词不定式作目的状语。故填to save。
14．句意：但是戴上它们就像在夏天穿冬衣，又重又热！根据“both heavy...hot”可知，both...and...“既……
又……”。故填and。
15．句意：当杰森叔叔带我参观他的卧室时，突然接到一个紧急电话——房子着火了！根据“an
emergency call...came in”可知，此处应用副词修饰动词came，sudden的副词形式为suddenly。故填
suddenly。
16．句意：当他们回来时，杰森叔叔告诉我他们救了一家人的宠物，扑灭了大火。根据“Uncle Jason told
me they saved a family’s pet and put out the fire.”可知，此处描述的是过去发生的事情，应用一般过去时，动
词用过去式returned。故填returned。
17．句意：消防员轮班工作，每班持续24小时。根据“twenty-four...”可知，此处应用名词复数形式
3关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
hours，表示“24小时”。故填hours。
18．句意：昨晚，一对老夫妇在他们家里发现了一条蛇，杰森叔叔被派去帮忙。根据“Last night, an old
couple found a snake in their house and Uncle Jason...to offer help.”可知，此处描述的是过去发生的事情，应用
一般过去时，且主语Uncle Jason与动词send之间是被动关系，应用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是第三
人称单数，be动词用was。故填was sent。
19．句意：杰森叔叔说他最难的部分是离开家人。根据“being away from...family”可知，此处应用形容词
性物主代词his修饰名词family，表示“他的家人”。故填his。
20．句意：在我心中，他变得比以往任何时候都更伟大。根据“than ever before”可知，此处应用形容词的
比较级形式greater，表示“更伟大的”。故填greater。
（2025·山东临沂·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
“Everyone says Yimeng Mountain is beautiful, the scenery on Yimeng Mountain is excellent ...” When this
well-known melody (旋律) plays, the green mountains and clear water of Yimeng come alive in the music. For
over 70 years, the story behind this local song has remained unknown widely. Let’s search for 21 (it) past
and present together.
Song Shoulian, the third-generation inheritor (第三代传唱人) of the tune, told reporters that the song 22
(create) in the 1940s, carrying the simple and hard-working spirit of Yimeng. “In 1940, Ruan Ruoshan and Li Lin
23 were from the First Anti-Japanese University were asked to create a song to praise Yimeng people. They
collected materials by 24 (visit) local families and researching folk culture. Thanks 25 their
long-term preparations, Ruan Ruoshan wrote the lyrics with Li Lin in a village house overnight. When Ruan
Ruoshan sang the song for the first time, the crowd was 26 excited that many people volunteered to join
the army,” said Song. Later, it spread across Shandong and other places.
With the simple lyrics, beautiful melody, and 27 (live) performances, Yimeng Mountain Tune has
become a symbol of Yimeng and a musical sign of Shandong. 28 (protect) this culture, the Yimeng
Mountain Tune Living Museum was built at the tune’s birthplaceBaishiwu, Feixian in 2016. The museum shows
the tune’s history completely. It 29 (hold) plenty of wonderful performances so far. “We organize many
regular singing activities, especially for 30 (child), to pass the tune down generation after generation.”
Song said.
【答案】
4关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
21．its 22．was created 23．who 24．visiting 25．to 26．so 27．lively 28．To
protect 29．has held 30．children
【导语】本文主要介绍了《沂蒙山歌》这首歌曲的过去与现在。
21．句意：让我们一起探寻它的过去与现在吧。空处修饰past and present，应该用it的形容词性物主代词
its，表示“它的”。故填its。
22．句意：这首歌创作于20世纪40年代，承载着沂蒙地区质朴而勤劳的精神内涵。根据“in the 1940s”可
知，此处是一般过去时。分析句子可知，主语the song与谓语create之间是被动关系，故此处是一般过去
时的被动语态was/were done。主语是第三人称单数，be动词用was。故填was created。
23．句意：1940年，来自第一抗日大学的阮若珊和李琳被要求创作一首歌曲来歌颂沂蒙人民。分析句子可
知，“Ruan Ruoshan and Li Lin”指人，空后的“were from the First Anti-Japanese University”是对其修饰限定。
此处是定语从句，先行词是人，在定语从句中作主语，关系代词用who。故填who。
24．句意：他们通过走访当地家庭以及对民间文化的调研来收集资料。句中by是介词，后接动名词作宾
语。故填visiting。
25．句意：由于他们做了长期的准备，阮若珊和李林在一间村舍里连夜完成了歌词的创作。thanks to“多亏
了，由于”，固定短语。故填to。
26．句意：当阮若珊第一次演唱这首歌时，现场的观众异常激动，以至于很多人主动报名参军。根据“the
crowd was…excited that”可知，此处是“so…that…”结构，表示“如此……以致于……”。故填so。
27．句意：凭借简洁的歌词、优美的旋律以及充满活力的表演，《沂蒙山歌》已成为沂蒙的象征，也是山
东音乐的标志。空处修饰名词performances，应该用形容词lively“有活力的”，作定语。故填lively。
28．句意：为了保护这一文化，2016年，沂蒙山小调活态博物馆在其诞生地费县白石屋落成。分析句子可
知，此处用动词不定式作目的状语。故填To protect。
29．句意：到目前为止，它已经举办了众多精彩的演出。根据“so far”可知，此处是现在完成时，其结构
是have/has done。主语是it，助动词用has。故填has held。
30．句意：我们定期组织许多歌唱活动，尤其是为孩子们举办，以便将这种旋律代代相传下去。根据“We
organize many regular singing activities, especially for…”可知，此处表示“尤其是为孩子们举办许多歌唱活
动”，child的复数children“孩子们”符合题意，复数形式表示泛指。故填children。
（2025·福建·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据语境或所给单词的提示，在每个空格内填入一个恰当的词，要求所填的词意义准确、
形式正确，使短文意思完整、行文连贯。
5关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
The Great Wall, which is a symbol of our history, snakes across a mountain area of Tianzhu, Gansu province.
Thirty-nine protectors work 31 (careful) in the area to protect the great wonder.
With 32 history of over 2,000 years, the wall in Gansu wasn’t in good condition. Nature did great
harm to the wall. Some 33 (part) of the wall were washed away by heavy rains and blown away by strong
winds. People in some places also harmed it.
But things started to change. In 2006, Great Wall Protection Regulations (条例) 34 (come) into
effect. After that, more and more people started to take part 35 caring for the wall. In recent years, the
government of Tianzhu has spent more and more money 36 (protect) the wall. Modern technology like self-
driven sensing technology 37 drones (无人机) have also been used to watch the wall.
With all these efforts, the protectors are still busy with the work. Every week they guard the wall, and any
changes are well recorded and 38 (report) to the government. They also help people realize it’s important to
protect cultural heritage (遗产). Luckily, with 39 (they) hard work, much greater changes have taken
place.
“As long as we are here, we will protect this wall. It is our job and our 40 (proud),” said one of the
protectors.
【答案】
31．carefully 32．a 33．parts 34．came 35．in 36．protecting 37．and 38．
reported 39．their 40．pride
【导语】本文主要介绍了甘肃天祝县的长城保护工作。
31．句意：39名保护者在这个地区认真地工作，以保护这一伟大的奇迹。此处修饰动词work用副词
carefully“认真地”。故填carefully。
32．句意：有着超过2000年历史的甘肃长城状况不佳。with a history of“有……的历史”。故填a。
33．句意：长城的一些部分被大雨冲走，被强风吹走。some后加可数名词复数parts“部分”。故填parts。
34．句意：2006年，《长城保护条例》开始生效。根据“In 2006”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式。
故填came。
6关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
35．句意：此后，越来越多的人开始参与保护长城的工作。take part in“参加”。故填in。
36．句意：近年来，天祝县政府投入了越来越多的资金来保护长城。protect“保护”，spend time doing
sth.“花费时间做某事”。故填protecting。
37．句意：自动驾驶感应技术和无人机等现代技术也被用来监控长城。“self-driven sensing technology”和
“drones”是并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
38．句意：每周他们都守护着长城，任何变化都被详细记录并报告给政府。此处动词report和主语any
changes之间是被动关系，故此处用过去分词和be动词构成被动语态。故填reported。
39．句意：幸运的是，通过他们的努力，发生了更大的变化。修饰空后的名词，用形容词性物主代词
their“他们的”。故填their。
40．句意：这是我们的工作，也是我们的骄傲。形容词性物主代词our后加名词pride“骄傲”，不可数名
词。故填pride。
（2025·内蒙古·中考真题）
阅读短文内容，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
(Read Elin’s email from Norway to a friend in China she has never met.)To: Li Ming
Subject: Your friend
Hi Li Ming,
Thanks for your email. It’s great to hear from you!
You asked about 41 (I). Well, I 42 (graduate) from college last year and I’m working in
an office now. In my free time, I 43 (usual) get together with friends, go hiking, and chat with family and
friends online.
Oslo is the capital of Norway and is 44 (large) than any other city in the country. Oslo is such
45 amazing place that many people come for a visit every year. It’s full of great museums and restaurants. It’s
a good 46 (choose) if you have a travel plan. I don’t know if everyone 47 (like) winter sports
in Norway, but a lot of us enjoy skiing and snowboarding (see the photo of me). I saw your graduation photo. That
is so 48 (interest)! Learning that you are studying traditional Chinese medicine, I want to know more
about it.
Thanks too for your invitation to your city. I wonder 49 people do for fun there.
7关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Let’s keep in touch. Looking forward to 50 (meet) you soon.
Elin
【答案】
41．me 42．graduated 43．usually 44．larger 45．an 46．choice 47．likes 48．
interesting 49．what 50．meeting
【导语】本文是艾琳从挪威发给一位素未谋面的中国朋友的邮件，邮件中介绍自己的信息，挪威的首都奥
斯陆以及一些旅行建议。
41．句意：你问到了我的情况。动词短语后用宾格me作宾语，故填me。
42．句意：嗯，我去年从大学毕业了，现在在一家公司上班。根据“last year”可知，时态是一般过去时，
动词用过去式。故填graduated。
43．句意：在空闲时间，我通常会和朋友们聚在一起，去远足，还会通过网络与家人朋友交流聊天。此处
在句中修饰动词，用副词usually，故填usually。
44．句意：奥斯陆是挪威的首都，其规模比该国其他任何城市都要大。根据“than”可知，此处应使用形容
词比较级，故填larger。
45．句意：奥斯陆是一个如此令人惊叹的地方，以至于每年都有很多人前来参观。此处泛指一个地点，
“amazing”以元音音素开头，故填an。
46．句意：如果你有旅行计划，那么这个选择就很不错。a修饰可数名词单数，choice“选择”符合语境，
故填choice。
47．句意：我不知道是不是所有挪威人都喜欢冬季运动，但我们很多人喜欢滑雪和单板滑雪（请看我拍的
照片）。本句时态用一般现在时，主语是“everyone”，动词用三单，故填likes。
48．句意：那真是太有趣了！此处在句中作表语，修饰物，用interesting“有趣的”，故填interesting。
49．句意：我想知道那里的人们平时都做些什么来消遣娱乐呢。根据“I wonder...people do for fun there.”可
知，想知道那里的人们平时都做些什么来消遣娱乐，what“什么”符合语境，故填what。
50．句意：期待很快能与你相见。look forward to doing“期待做某事”，故填meeting。
（2025·贵州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入括号内单词的正确形式。
8关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Do you know about Chinese painting? It is an important part of traditional Chinese culture. It 51
(have) a long history and fine traditions in the field of art in the world.
52 (draw) a Chinese painting, you need a writing brush, ink (墨), rice paper, and ink stone.
Especially, rice paper (xuan paper) is the best tool for Chinese painting because it allows the writing brush, wet
with Chinese ink and held in a well-trained hand to move 53 (free) on it.
Three main subjects of Chinese pointing are human figures (人物), landscapes, and birds and 54
(flower). For example, the painting of ladies, the painting of mountains, and the painting of insects and fish. Figure
painting became highly 55 (develop) during the Tang dynasty. And landscape painting 56 (reach)
its height during the Song dynasty.
Two main techniques (技巧) can be found in Chinese painting. One 57 (be) gongbi often referred to
as “fine-line” painting. This style of painting pays close attention to detail. Very often it 58 (use) to draw
people or animals. The other is freehand style, referred to as “xieyf”. It pays more attention to expressing an 59
(artist) feelings. Artists often use this technique in landscape paintings.
Chinese paintings do not try to draw the out-looking of a subject, but 60 (it) nature or character.
Every area of the painting is interesting to the eye.
【答案】
51．has 52． To draw 53．freely 54．flowers 55．developed 56．reached
57．is 58．is used 59．artist’s 60．its
【导语】本文主要介绍了中国画的特点、工具、主题和技法。
51．句意：它在世界艺术领域有着悠久的历史和优良的传统。根据“It…a long history”可知，主语是第三
人称单数，时态为一般现在时，动词用三单形式。故填has。
52．句意：要画中国画，你需要毛笔、墨、宣纸和砚台。根据“you need a writing brush, ink (墨), rice paper,
and ink stone.”可知，此处是目的状语，用不定式表示目的。故填To draw。
53．句意：特别是宣纸是中国画最好的工具，因为宣纸可以让毛笔沾上中国墨水，用训练有素的手在宣纸
上自由地移动。修饰动词move需用副词形式。故填freely。
9关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
54．句意：中国画的三大主题是人物、山水和花鸟。根据“birds and…”可知，与birds并列需用复数名词。
故填flowers。
55．句意：人物画在唐代得到了高度发展。become后接形容词，develop的形容词形式是 developed，意为
“发达的”，故填developed。
56．句意：山水画在宋代达到了顶峰。根据“during the Song dynasty”可知，时态为一般过去时，动词用过
去式。故填reached。
57．句意：一种是工笔，通常被称为“细线”画。根据“One…gongbi”可知，主语是单数，时态为一般现
在时。故填is。
58．句意：它经常被用来画人物或动物。根据“it…to draw”可知，此处是被动语态，时态为一般现在时，
主语是三单。故填is used。
59．句意：它更注重表达艺术家的情感。根据“an…feelings”可知，需用名词所有格修饰feelings。故填
artist’s。
60．句意：中国画不试图描绘主题的外表，而是其本质或特征。根据“…nature or character”可知，此处需
用形容词性物主代词指代subject。故填its。
（2025·湖南长沙·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
I have always loved reading books that were written hundreds or even thousands of years ago. These are the
literature classics (文学经典), and they 61 (be) of lasting value. For example, The Iliad, written almost
three thousand years ago, tells us about the good and bad qualities (品质) of human nature; that is to say, we can be
heroic and silly at 62 same time.
China has 63 (it) own long history of classical literature that dates back to the “Four Books and
Five Classics”. These books 64 (write) before the Qin Dynasty. No one was considered educated unless
they had read these classics. Even today, students are encouraged 65 (read) The Analects of Confucius
(《论语》).
There are also 66 (new) classics than those above, such as Journey to the West and A Dream of
10关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Red Mansions. Still, many people don’t want to read them 67 they are long and have complex plots (复
杂的情节). But they are great 68 (story) which also show the goodness and weakness of human nature.
Are you interested 69 learning more about the classics? Just reading some of them will give you a
better understanding of the basis (基础) of culture then. They will also help you better understand yourself and
others. 70 (slow) but surely, you will fall in love with them.
【答案】
61．are 62．the 63．its 64．were written 65．to read 66．newer 67．because
68．stories 69．in 70．Slowly
【导语】本文讲述了作者之前喜欢读最新出版的书，后来喜欢上读有永久价值的“旧”书的故事。
61．句意：这些便是文学经典之作，它们具有永恒的价值。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是复数，故填
are。
62．句意：例如，约三千年前创作的《伊利亚特》一书向我们展示了人性中的善与恶；也就是说，我们有
时可以表现出英勇的一面，有时又会显得愚蠢。at the same time“同时”，固定短语，故填the。
63．句意：中国有着悠久的古典文学历史，其源头可追溯至“四书五经”。此处作定语修饰其后的名词短
语，用形容词性物主代词形式，故填its。
64．句意：这些书籍是在秦朝之前写成的。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是过去时，主语是复数，所以
用一般过去时的被动语态。故填were written。
65．句意：即使在今天，学生们仍被鼓励阅读《论语》这部著作。be encouraged to do sth“被鼓励去做某
事”，故填to read。
66．句意：还有比上述作品更新的经典作品，比如《西游记》和《红楼梦》。根据“than”可知，此处应使
用比较级，故填newer。
67．句意：不过，仍有许多人不愿去读这些书，因为它们篇幅很长，情节也十分复杂。“they are long and
have complex plots”是“many people don’t want to read them”的原因，用because引导原因状语从句。故填
because。
68．句意：但这些都是精彩的故事，同时也展现了人性中的美好与缺陷。根据“they are”可知，此处应使
用名词复数形式，故填stories。
69．句意：你是否对了解经典著作感兴趣呢？be interested in“对……感兴趣”，固定短语，故填in。
70．句意：慢慢地但毫无疑问，你会爱上它们的。此处与“surely”并列，使用副词形式，句首需大写首字
母，故填Slowly。
（2025·湖南·中考真题）
11关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Long, long ago, there was a city called Jijiaocheng, so named because it was said to have been built at
daybreak. 71 city was on the rich Liyang Plain (平原). Many waterways 72 (provide) water
for crop fields and the people living inside and outside of the city.
The rulers of Jijiaocheng asked the people 73 (cut) down trees in the mountains. The wood was
shipped by 74 (worker) to the city for tall buildings. Standing in them, the city’s rulers will be able to see
75 (they) people and crops between the waterways. In autumn, plenty of rice was brought to the city.
This is not some bedtime story. It 76 (real) took place around 4,500 years ago.
Thousands of years later, the once busy 77 rich Jijiaocheng, which is now in a town of Hunan,
came to the notice of the modern world. With the help of archaeologists (考半车) and historians, artists painted
recreations of life in Jijiaocheng in a 78 (tradition) scroll (卷釉).
The scroll was part of a huge project. A group of artists spent two years 79 it. It includes eight
paintings, which are 140 meters long in total. It 80 (show) early human activities on the Liyang Plain and
the prehistoric culture in Hunan.
【答案】
71．The 72．provided 73．to cut 74．workers 75．their 76．really 77．and 78．
traditional 79．on 80．shows
【导语】本文主要讲述了古代城市极交城的历史及其在现代的考古发现，并通过艺术家的画卷重现了当时
的生活场景。
71．句意：这座城市位于富饶的澧阳平原上。根据“city was on the rich Liyang Plain (平原)”可知，此处特
指前文提到的Jijiaocheng，需用定冠词The。故填The。
72．句意：许多水道为农田和城市内外的人们提供水源。根据“Many waterways”和“water for crop fields”
可知，此处描述过去的事实，动词用一般过去时provided。故填provided。
73．句意：极交城的统治者要求人们砍伐山上的树木。根据“asked the people”可知，ask sb to do sth为固
定搭配，表示“要求某人做某事”。故填to cut。
74．句意：木材由工人们通过水路运到城市用于建造高楼。根据“shipped by…to the city”可知，此处指复
数概念的工人，用workers。故填workers。
75．句意：站在高楼上，统治者可以看到水道间他们的子民和庄稼。根据“see…people and crops”可知，
此处需用形容词性物主代词their修饰名词。故填their。
76．句意：它确实发生在约4500年前。根据“took place”可知，需用副词really修饰动词。故填really。
12关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
77．句意：几千年后，曾经繁忙而富裕的极交城引起了现代世界的注意。根据“busy…rich Jijiaocheng”可
知，需用并列连词and连接两个形容词。故填and。
78．句意：艺术家们在一幅传统卷轴上重现了极交城的生活场景。根据“scroll”可知，需用形容词
traditional修饰名词。故填traditional。
79．句意：一组艺术家花了两年时间完成它。根据“spent two years”可知，spend time on sth为固定搭配，
表示“花时间做某事”。故填on。
80．句意：它展示了澧阳平原上的早期人类活动和湖南的史前文化。根据“includes eight paintings”可知，
主语It为单数，动词用第三人称单数shows。故填shows。
（2025·黑龙江绥化·中考真题）
根据短文内容用所给词的适当形式填空
You may not realize it, but you are doing more than just 81 (study) when you are at school. School
is also the place where you learn to get along well with people. However, this is not always easy. What can you do
if you just don’t like one of your classmates?
If you discover that you have 82 (problem) getting along with your classmates or friends, one of
the 83 (important) things to learn is tolerance (宽容). Tolerance is the 84 (able) to realize and
respect the differences in others. We can’t change the ways that other people do, so it is important to learn to live
happily with them.
If everyone 85 (learn) tolerance, they will get on better with each other. Knowing others
constantly (不断地) also lets us understand 86 (other) differences.
Something different does not 87 (exact) mean that it is bad. Tolerance teaches us how 88
(keep) an even temper (温和的脾气) and an open mind.
As an old 89 (say) goes, “Treat others how you want to be treated.” The world is very different,
and practising tolerance in 90 (you) own school and city can help make things better.
【答案】
81．studying 82．problems 83．most important 84．ability 85．learns 86．others’
87．exactly 88．to keep 89．saying 90．your
【导语】本文主要讲述了在学校中学会与人相处的重要性，强调了宽容是理解和尊重他人差异的关键，通
过宽容可以更好地与他人相处。
81．句意：你可能没有意识到这一点，但你在学校的时候不仅仅是在学习。介词than后加动名词形式
studying“学习”，故填studying。
13关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
82．句意：如果你发现你和同学或朋友相处有问题，最重要的事情之一就是学会宽容。problem“问题”，
表示泛指，用用复数形式，故填problems。
83．句意：如果你发现你和同学或朋友相处有问题，最重要的事情之一就是学会宽容。important“重要的”，
形容词，此处是“one of the+最高级+名词复数”结构，空处用最高级形式，故填most important。
84．句意：宽容是认识和尊重他人差异的能力。此处应用名词ability“能力”，在句中作表语，故填
ability。
85．句意：如果每个人都学会宽容，他们就会相处得更好。learn“学习”，句子是一般现在时，主语是
everyone，动词用三单形式，故填learns。
86．句意：不断地了解别人也能让我们理解别人的不同。此处指“别人的不同”，应用others’表示“别人
的”，修饰名词differences，故填others’。
87．句意：不同的东西并不一定意味着它是坏的。exact“确切的”，形容词，此处修饰动词mean，应用副
词形式，故填exactly。
88．句意：宽容教会我们如何保持温和的脾气和开放的心态。keep“保持”，此处是“疑问词+不定式”的
结构，故填to keep。
89．句意：俗话说：己所不欲，勿施于人。an修饰单数名词saying“谚语”，故填saying。
90．句意：世界是非常不同的，在你自己的学校和城市里练习宽容可以帮助事情变得更好。此处修饰空后
的名词，应用形容词性物主代词your，故填your。
（2025·贵州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入括号内单词的正确形式。
Maps have been an important tool for humans for thousands of years. They were first created to meet
people’s basic needs. In the past, people 91 (need) maps to find directions. As society developed, people
also used maps for traveling, exploration and trade.
In ancient times, maps were 92 (draw) by hand. They were usually very simple. People used
symbols and pictures to show important places and routes.
As time passed, maps became more detailed (详细的). Some map makers started to use new methods 93
(create) maps. They included more information about the world in maps, such as the locations of 94
(city) and rivers. This made maps more 95 (use) for planning trips and looking for new places.
14关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
During the Age of Exploration, map-making skills improved 96 (great). Many explorers went to
new places and brought back 97 (they) findings. This helped map makers create more accurate (精确
的) maps of the world.
Today, we have electronic maps on computers and smartphones. They can suggest the 98 (good)
routes, provide real-time traffic conditions and recommend nearby attractions, which makes it possible to save
time. Therefore, our 99 (day) lives become more convenient.
Maps have changed over time, but their purpose 100 (remain) the same: to help people
understand and find their ways around the world.
【答案】
91．needed 92．drawn 93．to create 94．cities 95．useful 96．greatly 97．their
98．best 99．daily 100．remains
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，主要讲述了地图从古至今的发展历程及其对人类生活的重要性。
91．句意：在过去，人们需要地图来寻找方向。 根据时间状语In the past可知，时态是一般过去时，谓语
动词需用过去式。故填needed。
92．句意：在古代，地图是手工绘制的。主语maps与动词draw之间是被动关系，地图被手工绘制，且描
述过去事实，用一般过去时的被动语态，draw用其过去分词。故填drawn。
93．句意：一些制图师开始使用新方法来创建地图。 use methods to do“使用工具来……”，此处用不定式
作目的状语。故填to create。
94．句意：他们在地图中加入了更多关于世界的信息，比如城市和河流的位置。city与rivers并列，需用复
数形式。故填cities。
95．句意：这使得地图对规划旅行和寻找新地方更有用。make sth adj.“使某物……”，形容词作宾语补足
语，use的形容词形式是useful。故填useful。
96．句意：在大航海时代，制图技术极大地提高了。 修饰动词improved需用副词形式。故填greatly。
97．句意：许多探险家前往新地方并带回他们的发现。用形容词性物主代词their“他们的”修饰名词
findings。故填their。
98．句意：它们可以建议最佳路线，提供实时交通状况，并推荐附近的景点，从而节省时间。与the连用
且隐含比较意义，用good的最高级best。故填best。
99．句意：因此，我们的日常生活变得更加便利。修饰名词lives需用形容词daily。故填daily。
100． 句意：地图随时间变化，但其目的保持不变。 主语purpose是单数，且描述客观事实，用一般现在
时，故谓语动词用其三单形式。故填remains。
15关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
（2025·四川眉山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Embroidery (刺绣) was often regarded as “women’s work” in the past. And it was not common for a boy
101 (learn) it. Therefore, Fu Jian’s parents didn’t want 102 (he) to work in this industry at first. But Fu
didn’t care. He believed he could do it well.
Fu was born into an embroidery family in Yangzhou. His mother is 103 master craftswoman (女工
匠) of Suzhou embroidery. Fu fell in love with this beautiful art when he was four years old. In his last year of high
school, Fu set his life goal 104 (clear). “Although many people know about this traditional art, I want to
help them learn 105 (much) about it,” he said.
After graduating from college, Fu and his mother built a research center of Suzhou embroidery. Since then,
he 106 (invent) many new stitches (针法). He has also trained many 107 (worker).
Fu spends a lot of time 108 his works. Even so, he enjoys it. “I often work late into midnight, 109
I never feel tired. I think that’s because I’m doing what I love,” said the 37-year-old.
Most recently, the artist “created” a piece of bronze ware (青铜器皿) on cloth. What gave him the idea to
create this work? “Many bronzes can only 110 (see) in museums. A work of embroidery, however, can be
hung in one’s home or office. People can see it at any time,” said Fu.
【答案】
101．to learn 102．him 103．a 104．clearly 105．more 106．has invented 107．
workers 108．on 109．but 110．be seen
【导语】本文讲述了付健对刺绣的热爱和自身的努力，他发明了许多新针法，培训了许多刺绣工人。
101．句意：男孩学习刺绣并不常见。it is adj. to do sth“做某事……”，动词不定式作真正的主语，故填to
learn。
102．句意：因此傅坚的父母起初不想让他从事这个行业。动词后用人称宾格，故填him。
103．句意：母亲是苏州刺绣的女工匠大师。根据“master craftswoman”可知，不定冠词表示泛指，master
是辅音音素，a符合句意，故填a。
104．句意：高中最后一年，傅明确了自己的人生目标。根据“set his life goal”可知，副词修饰动词，
clearly符合句意，故填clearly。
105．句意：虽然很多人知道这门传统艺术，但我想帮助他们更深入了解它。根据“help them learn”可知，
了解更多，需要比较级，more符合句意，故填more。
106．句意：此后他发明了许多新针法，还培养了许多工人。根据“Since then”可知，时态是现在完成时，
16关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
主语是单数，has invented符合句意，故填has invented。
107．句意：他还培养了许多工人。根据“many”可知，后接名词复数，workers符合句意，故填workers。
108．句意：傅在作品上花费大量时间。spend time on sth.“在……花了时间”，固定搭配。故填on。
109．句意：我经常工作到深夜，但从不觉疲惫。前后两句是转折关系，but符合句意，故填but。
110．句意：许多青铜器只能在博物馆看到。根据“Many bronzes can only”可知，主语与see是被动关系，
情态动词后接动词原形，be seen符合句意，故填be seen。
（2025·四川德阳·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Night schools are nothing new today. Li Mei is 111 engineer in the day. But in the evening, she
becomes a student at a night school in Chengdu. She is trying new 112 (hobby) with her 5-year-old son,
such as cooking and singing. She used to spend evenings 113 (watch) her son play in the park. Now she can
try new things with him at a night school.
A growing number of Chinese people go to night schools. They can learn 114 (color) things, from art
115 sports, for free. Young people 116 want to look for new skills and friends go to night schools.
In the 1980s, many people 117 (go) to night schools for further education. However, night schools
were gone because more people got higher education. Some new night schools came to Shanghai last autumn. Then
more night schools 118 (quick) appeared in other cities. For example, Miss Wang from Deyang thinks that
night schools are good places for her 119 (make) friends. “I used to spend much of my time alone. I have
felt more connected with modern society since I became a student of the night school,” she said.
Young people wish to make themselves better so that 120 (they) daily lives can be meaningful.
That has made night schools develop rapidly.
【答案】
111．an 112．hobbies 113．watching 114．colorful 115．to 116．who/that 117．went
118．quickly 119．to make 120．their
【导语】本文主要讲述了夜校在中国的发展情况，以及人们通过夜校学习新技能、结交朋友的现象。
111．句意：李梅在白天时是一名工程师。根据“Li Mei is...engineer in the day.”可知，此处指一名工程师，
engineer以元音音素开头，空处应是不定冠词an。故填an。
112．句意：她正和5岁的儿子尝试新的爱好，比如烹饪和唱歌。根据“such as cooking and singing”可知，
不止一项爱好，空处应是hobby的复数形式hobbies，故填hobbies。
113．句意：她过去常常在晚上看着儿子在公园里玩耍。spend time doing“花费时间做某事”，是固定搭配，
17关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
空处应是watching。故填watching。
114．句意：他们可以免费学习丰富多彩的东西，从艺术到体育。空后是名词things，空处应是color的形
容词形式colorful，作定语。故填colorful。
115．句意：他们可以免费学习丰富多彩的东西，从艺术到体育。from...to...“从……到……”，是固定搭配。
故填to。
116．句意：想要寻找新技能和新朋友的年轻人去上夜校。分析句子“Young people...want to look for new
skills and friends go to night schools.”可知，“...want to look for new skills and friends”是定语从句，先行词
“Young people”指人，且从句中缺少主语，因此从句的引导词是who/that。故填who/that。
117．句意：在20世纪80年代，许多人去夜校进修。根据“In the 1980s”可知，句子用一般过去时，谓语
动词用过去式，故填went。
118．句意：随后，更多夜校在其他城市迅速涌现。根据“Then more night schools...(quick) appeared in other
cities.”可知，空处修饰动词appeared，应用quick的副词形式quickly。故填quickly。
119．句意：例如，来自德阳的王女士认为夜校是她结交朋友的好地方。根据“night schools are good places
for her...(make) friends”可知，此处指夜校是她结交朋友的好地方，good places to do sth.“做某事的好地方”，
是固定搭配，空处应是不定式，故填to make。
120．句意：年轻人希望让自己变得更好，这样他们的日常生活才能有意义。空后是名词“daily lives”，空
处应是they的形容词性物主代词their。故填their。
（2025·江苏苏州·中考真题）
请认真阅读下面短文，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
On Pingjiang Road in Suzhou, 65-year-old Ms Wu runs a traditional tea house for 30years. She never
expected 121 (oneself) to become a tea master who helped build a cultural bridge.
It started in 2015 when a German tourist named Klaus walked into her shop. With the help of a phone app,
Ms Wu 122 (patient) showed him the way to properly brew (沏) Biluochun, Suzhou’s famous green tea.
Klaus returned every day that week and 123 (bring) more friends each time.
Seeing how 124 (interest) they were in Chinese tea, Ms Wu started a weekly activity called “Tea
Culture Saturdays”. She showed foreigners 125 to brew tea with traditional methods—from choosing the
water temperature to 126 (follow) tea-making rules. Her daughter Lily, a college student, helped
translate.
Soon, her tea house was always crowded with 127 (visit), including students and business people
from many places. “I used to think foreigners wouldn’t understand our tea culture, 128 they love it
18关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
deeply. Some of them even treat their friends with Chinese tea at home,” Ms Wu said.
One of her favourite 129 (moment) was when Sarah, a Canadian, gave her a notebook filled with
tea notes written in both English and Chinese. “This is why I keep teaching,” Ms Wu said, showing 130
treasured notebook.
Now, her tea house appears in travel guides as “Suzhou’s cultural living room”. For tourists, every cup of tea
served is a window on the tea culture of this ancient city.
【答案】
121．herself 122．patiently 123．brought 124．interested 125．how 126．following
127．visitors 128．but 129．moments 130．the
【导语】本文讲述了苏州65岁的吴女士通过经营传统茶馆，意外成为促进中外茶文化交流的桥梁的故事。
121．句意：她从没预料到自己会成为一名帮助架起文化桥梁的茶艺师。主语为She，此处应用其反身代词
herself指代她自己。故填herself。
122．句意：在一个手机应用程序的帮助下，吴女士耐心地向他展示如何正确冲泡苏州著名绿茶碧螺春。
showed为动词，此处应用patient的副词patiently修饰动词。故填patiently。
123．句意：克劳斯在那一周的每一天都来，而且每次都会带来更多的朋友。根据“returned”可知句子应用
一般过去时，谓语动词bring应用其过去式brought。故填brought。
124．句意：看到他们对中国茶如此感兴趣，吴女士发起了一个每周一次的名叫“茶文化星期六”的活动。
根据“how…they were in Chinese tea”可知，该句为how引导的感叹句，be interested in“对……感兴趣”，
how后接形容词。故填interested。
125．句意：她向外国游客展示如何用传统的方法泡茶——从水温选择到遵循茶道规则。根据“showed
foreigners…to brew tea with traditional methods”可知，她展示泡茶的方式，用how+动词不定式作宾语补足
语。故填how。
126．句意：她向外国游客展示如何用传统的方法泡茶——从水温选择到遵循茶道规则。根据“from
choosing the water temperature”可知介词to后接follow的动名词following作宾语。故填following。
127．句意：很快，她的茶馆挤满了来自许多地方的学生和商务人士。根据“including students and business
people from many places”可知，此处应用visit的名词visitor作宾语，且应用其复数形式表泛指。故填
visitors。
128．句意：我曾以为外国人不懂我们的茶文化，但他们其实对此爱得深沉。前后两句存在转折关系，用
but连接。故填but。
129．句意：她最珍视的时刻之一，就是加拿大游客萨拉送给她的一本写满中英文的茶道笔记。根据“One
19关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
of her favourite”可知此处应用moment的复数形式。故填moments。
130．句意：吴女士展示着这本珍贵的笔记本说道：“这就是我坚持教学的原因。”根据上文“gave her a
notebook filled with tea notes written in both English and Chinese”可知，此处应用定冠词the特指这本笔记本。
故填the。
（2025·山东烟台·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Jiang Zhaopeng, an 18-year-old medical student from Shandong City Service Technician College in Yantai,
faced a life-or-death test on Saturday — not in an exam hall, 131 in the backseat of a taxi.
May 10th, 2025 is the first day of this year’s spring college entrance exam. At about 8:10 a.m., Jiang 132
(head) to the testing place with his classmate in a taxi when suddenly Jiang’s classmate fell down, showing signs of
a heart attack.
“I thought he was just tired at first,” Jiang said. “But then I realized he was in a 133 (danger)
condition, because he seemed to stop breathing.”
Depending on first aid 134 (skill) learned in school, Jiang took action at once. He 135
(lay) his classmate flat in the backseat of the taxi and began performing CPR (心肺复苏). At the same time, Jiang
asked the driver Wang Tao to drive 136 (quick) to the hospital.
Only after making sure his classmate was under professional care did Jiang rush to take the exam, but it was
too late 137 (take) the 9 a.m. Chinese language test. Although this was 138 important chance
to continue higher education, he said he had no regrets about his 139 (decide). “Exams can be retaken,
but a life cannot,” he said.
Jiang’s story drew widespread praise from all over the country. Four days later, a make-up exam 140
(organize) for Jiang. Jiang and Wang have received official praise and have also been recommended as candidates
(候选人) for the “China Good Person List” for the second quarter of 2025.
【答案】
131．but 132．was heading 133．dangerous 134．skills 135．laid 136．quickly
137．to take 138．an 139．decision 140．was organized
【导语】本文讲述了一个叫蒋兆鹏（音译）的学生在去考试的路上救助同学的故事。
131．句意：上周六，来自烟台山东城市服务技术学院的18岁医学生蒋兆鹏面临着一场生死攸关的考试
——不是在考场，而是在出租车的后座上。本题考查not...but“不是……而是”。故填but。
132．句意：上午8点10分左右，蒋和他的同学乘出租车前往考场，突然他的同学摔倒了，有心脏病发作
20关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
的迹象。根据“At about 8:10 a.m.”可知，此处描述的是过去某一时刻正在做的事情，要用过去进行时：
was/were doing，主语是Jiang，be动词要用was。故填was heading。
133．句意：但后来我意识到他的情况很危险，因为他似乎停止了呼吸。根据“But then I realized he was in
a...condition”可知，此处要用danger“危险”的形容词dangerous“危险的”作定语修饰condition。故填
dangerous。
134．句意：凭借在学校学到的急救技能，蒋立即采取了行动。根据“Depending on first aid...learned in
school”可知，此处泛指急救技能，要用可数名词skill“技能”的复数形式。故填skills。
135．句意：他把他的同学平放在出租车后座上，开始给他做心肺复苏。根据“Jiang took action at once.”可
知，本句时态为一般过去时，动词lay“放平”要用过去式。故填laid。
136．句意：与此同时，蒋让司机王涛（音译）赶紧把车开到医院。根据“At the same time, Jiang asked the
driver Wang Tao to drive...to the hospital.”可知，此处要用quick“快的”的副词形式quickly“快速地”修饰动
词drive。故填quickly。
137．句意：在确认他的同学得到专业护理后，蒋才赶去参加考试，但已经来不及参加上午9点的语文考
试了。本题考查too...to“太……而不能”。故填to take。
138．句意：虽然这是一个继续接受高等教育的重要机会，但他说他对自己的决定并不后悔。此处泛指一
个机会，important以元音音素开头，要用不定冠词an。故填an。
139．句意：虽然这是一个继续接受高等教育的重要机会，但他说他对自己的决定并不后悔。根据“he said
he had no regrets about his...”可知，此处要用decide“决定”的名词形式decision作宾语。故填decision。
140．句意：四天后，学校为蒋组织了一次补考。本句时态为一般过去时，主语a make-up exam是动作的
承受者，要用一般过去时的被动语态。故填was organized。
（2025·四川遂宁·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或用括号内所给单词的正确形式填空。
The Yellow River runs from the mountains 141 the sea. It gave birth to one of 142
oldest and most famous cultures in the world—the Yellow River culture. In the hearts of 143 (China)
people, the Yellow River is the mother river. It is expected to play a more important role in our country’s 144
(develop).
The river got its name Huanghe in Chinese 145 its water is yellow, as it took lots of yellow sand to
the water when it ran through the Loess Plateau (黄土高原).
The river starts from Qinghai Province in the northwestern China. It runs through a lot of places before
146 (run) into the Bohai sea. The 5,464-kilometre-long river 147 (feed) about 12% of China’s
21关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
population and provides water for about 15% of fields and more than 60 148 (city).
So far, our country 149 (make) great efforts in the environmental protection of river. Each year
over 400 million tons of sand is prevented from being washed into it. Our mother river has become much 150
(clear) than before.
【答案】
141．to 142．the 143．Chinese 144．development 145．because 146．running 147．
feeds 148．cities 149．has made 150．clearer
【导语】本文主要讲述了黄河从高山流向大海，孕育了世界上最古老、最著名的文化之一——黄河文化。
141．句意：黄河从山上流到海里。根据“The Yellow River runs from the mountains...the sea.”可知，此处是
from...to...短语，意为“从……到……”。故填to。
142．句意：它孕育了世界上最古老、最著名的文化之一——黄河文化。此处是“one of+the+最高级+名词
复数”结构，故填the。
143．句意：在中国人的心中，黄河是母亲河。此处作定语修饰people，故填Chinese。
144．句意：它有望在我国的发展中发挥更重要的作用。此处在动词短语后作宾语，用名词development“发
展”，故填development。
145．句意：这条河在中国被称为黄河，因为它的水是黄色的，因为它在流经黄土高原时带了很多黄沙。
“its water is yellow”是“The river got its name Huanghe in Chinese”的原因，用because引导原因状语从句，
故填because。
146．句意：它流经很多地方，然后流入渤海。before是介词，其后用动名词作宾语，故填running。
147．句意：这条长5464公里的河流养活了中国约12%的人口，为约15%的农田和60多个城市提供水源。
此处与“provides”并列，动词用三单形式，故填feeds。
148．句意：这条长5464公里的河流养活了中国约12%的人口，为约15%的农田和60多个城市提供水源。
“more than 60”修饰可数名词复数，故填cities。
149．句意：到目前为止，我国在河流的环境保护方面做出了很大的努力。根据“So far”可知，此处应使用
现在完成时，主语是“our country”，助动词用has。故填has made。
150．句意：我们的母亲河变得比以前清澈多了。根据“than before”可知，此处应使用形容词比较级作表
语，故填clearer。
（2025·四川南充·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式，并将答案写在答题卡相应的横线
上。
22关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
The astronauts of Shenzhou-20—Chen Dong, Chen Zhongrui and Wang Jie — worked for about eight hours
and 151 (complete) the first space walk on May 22nd. What is the life like in space?
After a long day at work, astronauts will have dinners. In space, some foods can 152 (eat) in their
natural forms, such as chocolate cakes and fruits. Other foods require an oven to heat.
After dinner, astronauts have a rest, brush teeth 153 go to bed, just like on the earth. When going to
sleep, they have to tie 154 (they), so they don’t float (漂浮) around or hit their bodies 155
something. They usually use sleeping bags that are put in a small cabin. Generally, astronauts have 156
eight-hour sleep each day after they finish their task.
Exercise is also an important part of every astronaut’s daily life. 157 (keep) healthy, on average, they
exercise two hours every day. Lifting 200 158 (pound) may be a lot of work on the earth. But lifting that
same object in space would be much 159 (easy). That means sports equipment needs to be 160
(special) designed. Therefore, astronauts can receive the exercise needed.
【答案】
151．completed 152．be eaten 153．and 154．themselves 155．against/on 156．an
157．To keep 158．pounds 159．easier 160．specially
【导语】本文主要介绍了太空生活是什么样子的。
151．句意：神舟20号的宇航员——陈冬、陈忠锐和王洁——工作了大约八个小时，并于5月22日完成了
首次太空行走。根据“worked”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式completed“完成”。故填
completed。
152．句意：在太空中，有些食物可以以自然形态食用，比如巧克力蛋糕和水果。主语some foods和动词
eat之间是被动关系，故此处用含有情态动词的被动语态can be done。故填be eaten。
153．句意：晚餐后，宇航员们会休息一下，刷牙，然后睡觉，就像在地球上一样。前后几个动作是并列
关系，用and连接。故填and。
154．句意：睡觉时，他们需要把自己绑起来，以免漂浮起来或者撞到东西。主语和宾语是同一个人，用
反身代词themselves“他们自己”。故填themselves。
23关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
155．句意：睡觉时，他们需要把自己绑起来，以免漂浮起来或者撞到东西。根据“hit their
bodies...something”可知是身体撞到某物，用介词against/on。故填against/on。
156．句意：一般来说，宇航员们在完成任务后每天会睡八个小时。此处表示泛指，eight以元音音素开头，
用不定冠词an。故填an。
157．句意：为了保持健康，他们平均每天锻炼两个小时。“保持健康”是目的，用动词不定式作目的状
语。故填To keep。
158．句意：在地球上，举起200磅可能是一项很费力的工作。200后加可数名词复数pounds“磅”。故填
pounds。
159．句意：但在太空中，举起同样的物体要容易得多。much修饰比较级easier。故填easier。
160．句意：这意味着运动器材需要特别设计。此处修饰动词用副词specially“特别地”。故填specially。
（2025·四川达州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文在文章空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Last summer, a group of middle school students went on a school trip to a small village. They were excited
161 (see) a different part of the country. The village was far 162 the city, and there were full of
beautiful views along the way. When they arrived, they found the village was very 163 (peace).
The students were 164 (divide) into small groups to stay with local families. At first, some
students felt a bit nervous, 165 they started to enjoy the life there soon. One day, they met an old man
who was having trouble in 166 (carry) a heavy load. Without thinking twice, the students rushed to help
him. They carried the load to 167 (he) home and even helped him clean the house. The old man was very
grateful and told them many interesting stories about the village.
During the trip, the students learned how to plant crops and look after animals 168 (careful). They
also helped the local farmers with their work. It was 169 meaningful and challenging experience for
them. They realized that even a small act of 170 (kind) could bring great joy to others.
【答案】
161．to see 162．from 163．peaceful 164．divided 165．but 166．carrying 167．his
168．carefully 169．a 170．kindness
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了一群中学生去乡村旅行的经历。他们在旅途中欣赏美景，与当地
家庭同住，帮助老人，学习农活，并从中体会到善意的力量。
161．句意：他们很兴奋能看到国家的不同地区。根据“were excited”可知，此处用不定式作原因状语，表
示“因为看到……而兴奋”。故填to see。
24关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
162．句意：村庄离城市很远，一路上到处都是美丽的景色。根据“The village was far…the city”可知，此
处表示“远离”，用固定搭配far from。故填from。
163．句意：他们发现村庄非常宁静。根据“was very…(peace)”可知，此处需形容词作表语，peace的形容
词形式是peaceful。故填peaceful。
164．句意：学生们被分成小组与当地家庭同住。根据“were…(divide) into”可知，此处是被动语态结构，
表示“被分成”，动词用过去分词divided。故填divided。
165．句意：起初有些学生感到紧张，但他们很快开始享受那里的生活。根据“At first…they started to
enjoy”和后文“started to enjoy”可知，前后句之间是转折关系，用连词but。故填but。
166．句意：一天，他们遇到一位老人在搬运重物时遇到困难。介词in后接动名词carrying作宾语。故填
carrying。
167．句意：他们把重物搬到了他的家，甚至帮他打扫房子。空处修饰名词home，所以用形容词性物主代
词his。故填his。
168．句意：学生们学会了如何细心种植庄稼和照顾动物。此处修饰动词需用careful的副词carefully。故
填carefully。
169．句意：这对他们来说是一次有意义且充满挑战的经历。根据“It was…meaningful experience”可知，
此处泛指“一次经历”，且meaningful以辅音音素开头，用不定冠词a。故填a。
170．句意：他们意识到即使是一个小小的善举也能给他人带来巨大快乐。根据“a small act of…(kind)”可
知，介词of后接名词kindness作宾语。故填kindness。
（2025·四川泸州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Wan Haibo, a 43-year-old deliveryman (快递员) in Tianjin, was honored as a National Model Worker (全国
劳动模范) in 2025. After receiving 171 honor, Wan said, “I feel very excited and proud.”
Born in the countryside in Handan, Hebei, Wan went to Tianjin in 2018 and 172 (become) a
deliveryman. “There’s no easy way to success. Every package (包裹) means responsibility and trust, so it’s
necessary to send it in time,” he said. “I thought about stopping, 173 finally got through all the
difficulties.”
Wan is responsible 174 a large community. He sends about 500 packages a day, but it can increase to
25关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
even 1,000 daily during online shopping festivals. He 175 (usual) starts work around 6 am and finishes
work around 8 pm—that can last to midnight during busy 176 (season).
In the past seven years, he 177 (send) over 720,000 packages without any mistake. When facing
terrible weather and possible delays (延迟), he will call customers right away to explain.
Wan is a warm-hearted person 178 shows special care for older or disabled people. He always
helps them buy medicine and take away 179 (they) rubbish during deliveries. Since April 2022, he has
volunteered to check and report safety risks in his community.
“I’m satisfied that we deliverymen get more social respect now,” Wan said. “I’ll keep working hard and
encourage more people around me 180 (help) others.”
【答案】
171．the 172．became 173．but 174．for 175．usually 176．seasons 177．has sent
178．who/that 179．their 180．to help
【导语】本文讲述了天津快递员万海波的故事，他在2025年被授予全国劳动模范称号。
171．句意：在获得这一荣誉后，万说：“我感到非常激动和自豪。”此处特指前文提到的“全国劳动模
仿”这个荣誉，用定冠词the。故填the。
172．句意：万海波出生在河北省邯郸市的农村，2018年来到天津，成为了一名快递员。根据“went”可知
句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式became“成为”。故填became。
173．句意：我曾想过放弃，但最终克服了所有困难。前后是转折关系，用but连接。故填but。
174．句意：万海波负责一个大型社区的快递工作。be responsible for“负责”。故填for。
175．句意：他通常早上6点左右开始工作，晚上8点左右结束工作——在繁忙的季节，工作时间可能会延
长到午夜。此处修饰动词用副词usually“通常”。故填usually。
176．句意：他通常早上6点左右开始工作，晚上8点左右结束工作——在繁忙的季节，工作时间可能会延
长到午夜。不止一个季节，用名词复数seasons“季节”。故填seasons。
177．句意：在过去七年里，他已经派送了超过72万个包裹，且没有出现任何错误。根据“In the past
seven years”可知句子用现在完成时，主语是he，助动词用has，send的过去分词是sent。故填has sent。
178．句意：万海波是一个热心肠的人，他特别关心老年人或残疾人。句子是定语从句，先行词是人，关
系词在从句中作主语，用who/that引导定语从句。故填who/that。
179．句意：在派送过程中，他总是帮助他们买药并清理他们的垃圾。修饰空后的名词用形容词性物主代
词their“他们的”。故填their。
180．句意：我会继续努力工作，并鼓励周围更多的人去帮助他人。help“帮助”，encourage sb. to do
26关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
sth.“帮助某人做某事”。故填to help。
（2025·河北·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或填入括号内单词的正确形式。
There is a special jug (罐) on our kitchen table. I put some small pieces of paper and a pen next 181
the jug. Anyone in my family is free to write down something good that has happened 182 (recent). With
pieces of paper in it, the jug 183 (call)”Good Things Jug”.
Many good things happen in a year. At 184 end of the year, we get together to empty the jug. We
take 185 (turn) to read the “Good Things” aloud. Some of the things are 186 (interest), some
are serious, and some just give hope.
Over the past twelve 187 (month), there have been many difficult things in our family. Noticing
the “Good Things” has helped us go through the hard time. Here 188 (be) a few things from the “Good
Things Jug”:
“Jim 189 I went camping with our parents. There we 190 (teach) my pet cat how to
clap (拍) with his feet.”
“With my parents’ care, I was well again after a serious illness. I’m so 191 (thank) to my parents
for their love. It’s the best thing on earth!”
“Dad got a better job today!”
Our “Good Things Jug” is full 192 love, hope and happiness. The little messages remind 193
(we) that we can always expect good things to come, even during difficult times. Therefore, I encourage you
194 (create) your “Good Things Jug” today. I am sure it 195 (make) a big difference in your future
life.
【答案】
181．to 182．recently 183．is called 184．the 185．turns 186．interesting 187．
months 188．are 189．and 190．taught 191．thankful 192．of 193．us 194．to
create 195．will make
【导语】本文主要讲述了一个家庭通过“好事罐”记录生活中的美好瞬间，帮助他们在困难时期保持积极
心态的故事。
181．句意：我在罐子旁边放了一些小纸片和一支笔。根据“next”可知，此处需要介词表示“在……旁
边”，固定搭配“next to”。故填to。
182．句意：家里的任何人都可以写下最近发生的好事。根据“has happened”可知，此处需要副词修饰动词，
27关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
recent的副词形式是recently。故填recently。
183．句意：里面有纸片，这个罐子被称为“好事罐”。根据“the jug”和“Good Things Jug”可知，此处是
被动语态，表示“被称作”，用一般现在时的被动语态“is called”。故填is called。
184．句意：在年底，我们聚在一起清空罐子。根据“end of the year”可知，固定搭配“at the end of”表示
“在……结束时”。故填the。
185．句意：我们轮流大声朗读“好事”。“take turns”是固定搭配，表示“轮流”。故填turns。
186．句意：有些事很有趣，有些很严肃，有些则给人希望。根据“are”和“interesting”可知，此处需要形
容词作表语，interest的形容词形式是interesting，修饰物。故填interesting。
187．句意：在过去的十二个月里，我们家经历了许多困难。根据“twelve”可知，month需要用复数形式
months。故填months。
188．句意：以下是“好事罐”中的几件事。根据“a few things”可知，谓语动词用复数形式are。故填
are。
189．句意：吉姆和我与父母一起去露营。“Jim”和“I”是并列关系，用连词and连接。故填and。
190．句意：在那里，我们教我的宠物猫用脚拍手。根据“went camping”可知，时态是一般过去时，teach
的过去式是taught。故填taught。
191．句意：我非常感谢父母的爱。根据“I’m”可知，此处需要形容词作表语，thank的形容词形式是
thankful。故填thankful。
192．句意：我们的“好事罐”充满了爱、希望和幸福。“be full of”是固定搭配，表示“充满”。故填
of。
193．句意：这些小纸条提醒我们，即使在困难时期，我们也可以期待好事发生。“remind”是动词，后接
宾语用代词宾格us。故填us。
194．句意：因此，我鼓励你今天创建你的“好事罐”。“encourage sb. to do”是固定搭配，表示“鼓励某
人做某事”。故填to create。
195．句意：我相信它会对你的未来生活产生重大影响。根据“future life”可知，此处用一般将来时“will
make”。故填will make。
（2025·新疆·中考真题）
阅读短文，在空白处填入适当的词或用括号中所给词的正确形式填空。每空不超过两词。
During the Warring States Period (战国时期), many states made changes to become stronger. One of the
most 196 (success) changes was created by Shang Yang in Qin
Shang Yang worked out a set of 197 (plan). At first, these plans were not easily 198
(accept) because people didn’t believe in him.
28关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
To solve this problem, Shang Yang came 199 with an idea. He ordered his men to put a thin
wooden pole (杆) at the south gate. Then he said anyone who took the pole to the north gate would 200
(receive) 10 gold pieces. The task was so easy 201 nobody believed it was true. They all thought Shang
Yang was joking. After seeing that, Shang Yang said he would offer 50 gold pieces to anyone who did it.
And 202 (final), a man wanted to have a try. He put the pole on his shoulder and walked to the
north gate. 203 his surprise, Shang Yang paid him 50 gold pieces.
The news spread across the capital. Soon, people were saying Shang Yang was a man of 204 (he)
word. Then people 205 (follow) him without question. With his efforts, Qin 206 (become) the
strongest of all the states.
【答案】
196．successful 197．plans 198．accepted/acceptable 199．up 200．receive 201．that
202．finally 203．To 204．his 205．followed 206．became
【导语】本文讲述了战国时期商鞅通过“徙木立信”的故事赢得百姓信任，最终帮助秦国成为最强诸侯国
的历史事件。
196．句意：最成功的变革之一是由秦国的商鞅创造的。根据“most”和“changes”可知此处需用形容词最
高级修饰名词，success的形容词形式为successful。故填successful。
197．句意：商鞅制定了一系列计划。根据“a set of”可知后接可数名词复数，plan的复数形式为plans。故
填plans。
198．句意：起初，这些计划不易被接受。根据“were not easily”可知此处可以用被动语态，accept的过去
分词为accepted。另外这里也可以用形容词acceptable“可接受的”作表语。故填accept/acceptable。
199．句意：为了解决这个问题，商鞅想出了一个主意。固定短语come up with表示“想出”，故填up。
200．句意：然后他说将杆子搬到北门的人会得到10金。根据“would”可知后面需用动词原形。故填
receive。
201．句意：任务太简单以至于没人相信。此处是固定结构so…that…“如此……以至于……”，引导结果
状语从句，故填that。
202．句意：最终，一个人决定尝试。final是形容词，此处修饰句子，应用副词作状语。故填finally。
203．句意：令他惊讶的是，商鞅给了他50金。固定短语to one’s surprise表示“令某人惊讶的是”，首字
母大写。故填To。
204．句意：很快人们说商鞅是个守信之人。固定短语a man of his word表示“守信之人”，word前用形容
词性物主代词his。故填his。
29关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
205．句意：然后人们毫无疑虑地跟随他。根据上下文时态可知，此处是一般过去时，需用follow的过去
式followed。故填followed。
206．句意：秦国成为所有诸侯国中最强大的。根据上下文时态可知，此处是一般过去时，需用become的
过去式became。故填became。
(2024 中考真题）
（2024·河北·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词（有提示词的，填入所给单词的正确形式）。
The Lin family has a son and a daughter, Lin Ming and Lin Fang. Lin Ming is seven and Lin Fang is two
years 1 (young) than her brother. They study in different 2 (school). One day, Mrs. Lin picked up
Lin Ming and then they went to Lin Fang’s school together. Some boys and girls were playing 3 (happy) on
the playground. Lin Ming stood at the school gate and waited 4 his sister. Just then, the bell 5
(ring). Several minutes later, many 6 (child) walked out in a line. Lin Fang was the 7 (five) one in
it. When Lin Ming saw her, he couldn’t wait to run to her. “Fangfang,” Lin Ming 8 (shout). Jumping with
joy, Lin Fang rushed to meet 9 (he). They hugged each other and walked to their mother hand in hand.
When Mrs. Lin saw this, 10 big smile appeared on her face. Her heart was filled with happiness.
【答案】
1．younger 2．schools 3．happily 4．for 5．rang 6．children 7．fifth 8．shouted
9．him 10．a
【导语】本文主要介绍林一家的家庭生活。
1．句意：林明七岁，林芳比她哥哥小两岁。根据“than”可知，此处应使用比较级，故填younger。
2．句意：他们在不同的学校学习。different修饰名词复数，故填schools。
3．句意：一些男孩和女孩在操场上玩得很开心。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词happily，故填happily。
4．句意：林明站在学校门口等他的妹妹。wait for“等待”，固定短语，故填for。
5．句意：就在这时，铃响了。时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填rang。
6．句意：几分钟后，许多孩子排着队走出去。many修饰名词复数，故填children。
7．句意：林芳是其中的第五个。此处作定语修饰one，用序数词fifth，故填fifth。
8．句意：“芳芳，”林明喊道。时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填shouted。
9．句意：林芳高兴得跳了起来，冲过去迎接他。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故填him。
30关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
10．句意：林太太看到这，脸上露出了灿烂的笑容。她的心里充满了幸福。此处泛指一个微笑，用不定冠
词a，故填a。
（2024·黑龙江牡丹江·中考真题）
Fill in the blanks with the grammatical knowledge according to the passage.
A group of Chinese astronauts visited Hong Kong and Macao in China. They met with young people there
and encouraged 11 (they) to have a dream of space exploration (探索).
During the visit, the group of Chinese astronauts went to many middle schools 12 two universities in
Hong Kong. They also gave a talk in Macao and met 13 (thousand) of students in both places.
“The Chinese space station is 14 a home for the motherland in space,” Chen Dong said. He is one
of 15 Shenzhou-14 astronauts. He hopes that he 16 (see) people from Hong Kong and Macao
in the Chinese space station in the future.
During a special show, Shum, a Hong Kong middle school student, felt really 17 (excite) to meet
the astronauts. She thinks that the astronauts 18 (be) true heroes. “I am proud of our country and this
makes me even 19 (interested) in space,” Shum said.
“The visit is special and important for students,”the chief executive of the Macao SAR (澳门特别行政区行
政长官) said. He thinks that China has taken the education of science and technology 20 (serious).
The visit to Hong Kong and Macao was really successful.
【答案】
11．them 12．and 13．thousands 14．like 15．the 16．will see 17．excited 18．
are 19．more interested 20．seriously
【导语】本文讲述了中国载人航天工程代表团走进香港和澳门，与学生进行深入交流。
11．句意：他们在那里会见了年轻人，鼓励他们有一个太空探索的梦想。动词“encouraged”后跟代词宾格
形式。them“他们”，宾格。故填them。
12．句意：在访问期间，中国宇航员小组去了香港的多所中学和两所大学。“many middle schools”和
“two universities”是并列关系，需用and连接。故填and。
13．句意：他们还在澳门做了一次演讲，并在两地会见了数千名学生。thousands of“数以千计的”，表示
一种概数。故填thousands。
14．句意：陈东说：“中国空间站就像祖国在太空中的家。”根据“The Chinese space station is...a home”
可知，此处是指中国空间站就像祖国在太空中的家，like“像”，介词。故填like。
15．句意：他是神舟十四号的宇航员之一。“one of the...”后接可数名词的复数形式，表示某一群体中的一
部分。 故填the。
31关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
16．句意：他希望将来能在中国的空间站看到来自香港和澳门的人。根据“in the future.”可知，本句是一
般将来时(will do)。故填will see。
17．句意：在一个特别的节目中，香港中学生Shum，对见到宇航员感到非常兴奋。空处修饰人“Shum”，
且位于“felt”后，用形容词excited，表示“兴奋的”。故填excited。
18．句意：她认为宇航员是真正的英雄。本句陈述事实，用一般现在时；主语“the astronauts”是复数，be
动词用are。故填are。
19．句意：Shum说：“我为我们的国家感到骄傲，这让我对太空更感兴趣了。”“even”修饰形容词比较
级，more interested“更加感兴趣的”。故填more interested。
20．句意：他认为中国重视科技教育。take sth seriously“认真对待某事”，固定短语。故填seriously。
（2024·湖南长沙·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Chinese New Year is a great celebration. It 21 (mark) the end of the winter season and the beginning
of spring. According to tradition, people like to give flowers and fruits 22 each other during Chinese New
Year, because they carry many special 23 (meaning). They represent (象征) the earth coming back to life
and best wishes for new beginnings,
Orchids (兰花) come in many colors, but many people like purple and red ones for Chinese New Year. They
are believed 24 (represent) love and beauty. Orchids say, “Wish you to be 25 (luck), successful and
happy.” During the holiday period, this plant is a must.
Peonies (牡丹) are like soft clouds in pink, red and white. They are beautiful and can brighten up someone’s
day. Red peonies 26 (give) to people to show love and care. Peonies say, “You are special to me.” They are
also a symbol of wealth and 27 (rich).
Kumquats (金橘), with 28 (they) golden color, ate a symbol of wealth and luck. The Chinese word
for “kumquat” sounds like “gold orange”, which connects kumquats with richness. This small fruit tree is often
presented in pairs.
The apple, with its bright colors 29 round shape, represents peace and harmony (和谐). In fact, the
word for “apple” in Chinese sounds like “peace”. 30 (certain), apples make great gifts.
【答案】
32关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
21．marks 22．to 23．meanings 24．to represent 25．lucky 26．are given 27．
richness 28．their 29．and 30．Certainly
【导语】本文主要介绍人们喜欢在春节期间互赠鲜花和水果这一习俗及背后的意义。
21．句意：它标志着冬天的结束和春天的开始。时态是一般现在时，主语是It，动词用三单，故填
marks。
22．句意：根据传统，人们喜欢在春节期间互赠鲜花和水果，因为它们承载着许多特殊的含义。give sth to
sb“给某人某物”，故填to。
23．句意：根据传统，人们喜欢在春节期间互赠鲜花和水果，因为它们承载着许多特殊的含义。many修
饰可数名词复数，故填meanings。
24．句意：人们认为它们代表着爱和美。be believed to do sth“被相信做某事”，故填to represent。
25．句意：兰花的意思是：“祝你幸运、成功、快乐。”此处在句中作表语，用其形容词形式，故填
lucky。
26．句意：红色的牡丹是用来表示爱和关心的。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，所以用一
般现在时的被动语态be done，主语是复数，be动词用are，故填are given。
27．句意：它们也是财富和富裕的象征。此处与wealth并列，用名词形式，故填richness。
28．句意：金黄色的金橘被认为是财富和幸运的象征。此处作定语修饰其后的名词，用形容词性物主代词
their，故填their。
29．句意：苹果颜色鲜艳，形状圆润，象征着和平与和谐。前后构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
30．句意：当然，苹果是很好的礼物。此处在句中修饰整个句子，用副词Certainly放句首，故填
Certainly。
（2024·福建·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据语境或所给单词的提示，在每个空格内填入一个恰当的词，要求所填的词意义准确、
形式正确，使短文意思完整、行文连贯。
Xi’an is the capital city of Shaanxi province. It lies in 31 north of China. The city’s early history is
often connected with Liu Bang, who started the Han Dynasty and made Xi’an his capital. He 32 (give) it
the name Chang’ an. During the Tang Dynasty, Xi’an achieved its great importance. Korea and Japan followed
Xi’an’s example in 33 (build) their ancient capitals.
33关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Many things from ancient times can still be found in Xi’an today. The city wall—one of the few city walls
still left in China—is a good example. It 34 (go) around the city and is an important cultural site (遗址).
In central Xi’an there is the Bell Tower—the 35 ( large) bell tower remaining in China. The bell was first
designed as an emergency alarm (警钟) to warn of danger, 36 it was very often used to tell people the
time.
While Xi’an is a city 37 a long history, it is also very much a part of the modern world. It is best
38 (know) as a center for software (软件) research, development and services. Historically, Xi’an has always
been a city of art, industry and business that have placed it far in front of many other 39 (city).
Xi’an is a city always remaking 40 (it) and looking forward, all the while keeping the best of the
past.
【答案】
31．the 32．gave 33．building 34．goes 35．largest 36．but 37．with 38．
known 39．cities 40．itself
【导语】本文介绍了中国的城市西安。
31．句意：它在中国北方。in the north表示“在北方”。故填the。
32．句意：他给它长安的名字。根据“who started the Han Dynasty and made Xi’an his capital. ”可知描述过
去的事，用一般过去时，give过去式为gave。故填gave。
33．句意：韩国和日本效仿西安建造古都。in为介词，后接动词的动名词形式。故填building。
34．句意：它环绕着城市，是一个重要的文化遗址。根据“is an important cultural site ”可知此句时态是一
般现在时，主语是第三人称单数，谓语动词用三单。故填goes。
35．句意：在西安的中心有钟楼——中国现存最大的钟楼。the后接形容词最高级，largest表示“最大的”。
故填largest。
36．句意：钟最初是作为紧急警报来警告危险的，但它经常被用来告诉人们时间。空前后有转折关系，用
but连接。故填but。
37．句意：西安是一座历史悠久的城市，同时也是现代世界的一部分。根据“While Xi’an is a city ... a long
history”可知此处指有悠久历史的城市，介词with表示“具有”。故填with。
38．句意：它以软件研究、开发和服务中心而闻名。形容词短语be known as表示“被称为”。故填
known。
39．句意：从历史上看，西安一直是一座艺术、工业和商业之都，这使它远远领先于许多其他城市。many
other后接名词复数。故填cities。
40．句意：西安是一个不断自我改造和向前看的城市，同时也保留着过去的精华。根据“ Xi’an
34关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
is a city always remaking”可知此处指改进自己，主语是Xi’an，此处用反身代词itself。故填itself。
（2024·宁夏·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入恰当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式（每空一词）。
More Than Just A Noodle Shop
Guo Zhanglong, a Chinese young man, has lived in France 41 12 years. In 2022, he 42
(begin) selling traditional Shanxi sliced noodles in France. Sliced noodles are also 43 (call) Daoxioomian
in Chinese. Guo shared some videos of his noodle shop online, and the shop 44 (quick) became popular.
So far, he has already had 45 (million) of fans all over the world.
At first, Guo was 46 (worry) about whether his noodles would be popular with French customers.
47 , he found the French customers not only could eat it, but also accepted it with gusto (津津有味). “Many
French friends have added 48 (we) noodles to their daily diet now,” Guo said. “Food knows no borders
(国界).”
Since the noodle shop opened. Guo has hosted (招待) many French people 49 are interested in
China. Over dinner, Guo often shares his knowledge of China with them. “I want more and more 50
(foreigner) to learn about Chinese food and Chinese culture, so that they can better understand China,” he said.
【答案】
41．for 42．began 43．called 44．quickly 45．millions 46．worried 47．However
48．our 49．who/that 50．foreigners
【导语】本文主要介绍把中国山西刀削面带进法国的郭章龙的故事。
41．句意：郭章龙，一个中国年轻人，已经在法国生活了12年。根据“has lived in France...12 years”可知，
此处强调时间段，用“for+段时间”，故填for。
42．句意：2022年，他开始在法国销售传统的山西刀削面。根据“In 2022”可知，是一般过去时，动词用
过去式，故填began。
43．句意：“Sliced noodles”在汉语中也被称为刀削面。根据“Sliced noodles are also...Daoxioomian in
Chinese.”可知，此处是be called“被称为”，故填called。
44．句意：郭在网上分享了一些他的面馆视频，这家店很快就火了起来。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形
式，故填quickly。
45．句意：到目前为止，他已经在世界各地拥有了数百万的粉丝。此处是millions of“数百万的”，故填
millions。
46．句意：起初，郭担心他的面条是否会受到法国顾客的欢迎。be worried about“担心”，固定短语，故填
worried。
35关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
47．句意：然而，他发现法国顾客不仅可以吃，而且还津津有味地接受了它。前后两句构成转折关系，用
However连接，故填However。
48．句意：现在很多法国朋友都把我们的面条加入了他们的日常饮食中。此处作定语，用形容词性物主代
词our，故填our。
49．句意：自从面馆开业以来，郭接待了许多对中国感兴趣的法国人。此处是定语从句，先行词是人，引
导词在从句中作主语，用who/that引导。故填who/that。
50．句意：我希望越来越多的外国人了解中国食物和中国文化，这样他们就能更好地了解中国。“more
and more”修饰可数名词复数，故填foreigners。
（2024·四川眉山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Hotpot, Mapo Tofu and Fish Filets in Hot Chili Oil (水煮鱼) —these dishes are well-known names in China.
And they all have one thing 51 common: They’re very numbing (麻的) and spicy (辣的).“Numbing and
spicy” is a special phrase which is used 52 (describe) Sichuan food. Generally, Sichuan cooks are good at
using Pixian Broad Bean Paste (郫县豆瓣). It 53 (see) as “the soul (灵魂) of Sichuan dishes” by many
people. As 54 result, they are quite different from the dried and spicy Hunan food and the sour and spicy
Guizhou food.
However, to Sichuan dishes, there is much more than 55 (they) numbing and spicy flavor (味道)
because Sichuan cooks are able to create all kinds of flavors. So people praise Sichuan dishes, “Each dish 56
(have) its own style; a hundred dishes have a hundred different flavors.” There are at 57 (little) 24 kinds of
flavors in Sichuan dishes and only one-third of them are spicy. Some dishes are neither numbing 58 spicy,
like sweet and sour fish.
Visitors to Sichuan are surprised at so many 59 (choice) they have for food. Sichuan is 60
(certain) a great place to start your Chinese food journey.
【答案】
51．in 52．to describe 53．is seen 54．a 55．their 56．has 57．least 58．nor
59．choices 60．certainly
【导语】本文主要介绍了川菜。
51．句意：它们都有一个共同点：麻辣。此处是固定短语in common“共同的”。故填in。
52．句意：麻辣是一个用来形容川菜的特殊短语。be used to do sth“被用来做某事”，为固定短语，符合题
意，故填to describe。
53．句意：它被许多人视为“川菜之魂”。此处是固定短语be seen as“被视为”，句子是一般现在时，主
36关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
语是it，be动词用is。故填is seen。
54．句意：因此，它们与干辣的湖南菜和酸辣的贵州菜有很大的不同。as a result“因此，结果是”，为固
定短语。故填a。
55．句意：然而，川菜的味道远不止麻辣，因为川菜厨师能做出各种各样的口味。空后是名词，应用形容
词性物主代词their修饰，故填their。
56．句意：每道菜都有自己的风格。句子是一般现在时，主语是each，谓语动词用三单形式，故填has。
57．句意：四川菜至少有24种口味，其中只有三分之一是辣的。at least“至少”，为固定短语，故填
least。
58．句意：有些菜既不麻也不辣，比如糖醋鱼。neither...nor...“既不……也不……”，为固定结构。故填
nor。
59．句意：到四川旅游的人对四川有这么多可选择的食物感到惊讶。many修饰可数名词choice的复数，
故填choices。
60．句意：四川无疑是开始你的中国美食之旅的好地方。certain是形容词，此处应用副词certainly“无疑”
作状语。故填certainly。
（2024·江苏苏州·中考真题）
请认真阅读下面短文，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
When cultures meet, not just their language or clothing may be different. Often their food will be 61
(great) different too. People on both sides can discover new chances for trading. This text 62 (tell) how
some common food plants spread around the world.
As early as 5, 000 BC, 63 (potato) were traded in South America as a valuable type of food. They
were 64 (take) to Europe in the 1500s and their use soon spread across it.
Tea drinking started in China. By the early 1600s, traders had begun to ship tea from China to Europe. Tea
drinking soon 65 (become) fashionable there but because 66 its high price, it remained a
drink for the wealthy.
Sugar cane (甘蔗) was first used to produce 67 kind of sweet juice over 8, 000 years ago on the
island of New Guinea. Its use soon spread across South East Asia and then to the 68 (wide) world.
Cocoa was used to make a cold, spicy drink in Central America over 3, 000 years ago. The Europeans
brought it back with 69 (they) in the 1520s and added sugar to make the sweet, hot drink we know today.
70 it’s expensive, many people still love it.
【答案】
61．greatly 62．tells 63．potatoes 64．taken 65．became 66．of 67．a 68．
37关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
wider 69．them 70．Although/Though
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了一些常见的食用植物是如何在世界各地传播的。
61．句意：通常他们的食物也会有很大的不同。great“大的”，形容词，此处应用其副词形式greatly，修
饰形容词different。故填greatly。
62．句意：本文讲述了一些常见的食用植物是如何在世界各地传播的。tell“讲述”，动词。本句是一般现
在时，主语是第三人称单数，谓语动词用其单三形式。故填tells。
63．句意：早在公元前5000年，土豆就作为一种有价值的食物在南美洲进行贸易。potato “土豆”，可数
名词，由“were”可知，用其复数形式。故填potatoes。
64．句意：它们在16世纪被带到欧洲，并很快传遍了整个欧洲。take“携带”，动词。此处指土豆被带到
欧洲，是被动语态，动词用其过去分词形式。故填taken。
65．句意：饮茶很快在那里成为一种时尚，但由于价格高昂，它仍然是富人的饮品。become“成为”，动
词。本句描述过去的事，应为一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填became。
66．句意：饮茶很快在那里成为一种时尚，但由于价格高昂，它仍然是富人的饮品。此处是短语because
of “由于”。故填of。
67．句意：8000多年前，在新几内亚岛，甘蔗首次被用来生产一种甜果汁。此处是短语a kind of “一种”。
故填a。
68．句意：它的使用很快就传遍了东南亚，然后传播到了更广阔的世界。wide“宽阔的”，形容词。此处
指甘蔗后来传播到更为宽阔的世界，暗含比较，应用其比较级。故填wider。
69．句意：15世纪20年代，欧洲人将其带回欧洲，并添加糖制成我们今天所知的甜味热饮。they “他们”，
代词主格。此处应用其宾格形式them，作介词with的宾语。故填them。
70．句意：虽然它很贵，但许多人仍然喜欢它。分析句子可知，此处缺少连词，指虽然它很昂贵，但是很
多人仍然很喜欢，故用although/though引导让步状语从句。故填Although/Though。
（2024·湖北武汉·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据上下文或括号内单词等提示，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的适当形式。
The theme parks in the world are popular because they have their own character IPs (知识产权), such as
Mickey Mouse and Harry Potter. According to 71 research report, IP is the “heart” of a theme park. 72
(develop) China’s own IPs, some theme parks make good use of traditional Chinese culture, and others focus on
films about Chinese 73 (story).
It is 74 (encourage) that the Chinese cultural industry (产业) has been taking a big step in creative
works. For example, some famous theme parks have opened in Shanghai and Beijing 75 (recent). It’s happy
to see that some Chinese culture has been welcomed in the parks.
38关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Over the past few years, Chinese cultural IPs have often appeared 76 movies and TV dramas. For
example, the Chinese film Chang’an San Wan Li became a success thanks to the Chinese ink paintings, ancient
poems 77 high technology in it. Besides, Mulan, which 78 (produce) years ago, helped traditional
Chinese cultured to be learned by the world.
Traditional Chinese culture 79 (provide) special experiences for the entertainment industry. The key
lies in new ideas. With the help of high technology, China can develop 80 (it) traditional cultural IPs and it
will have world-class theme parks in the coming years.
【答案】
71．a 72．To develop 73．stories 74．encouraging 75．recently 76．in 77．and
78．was produced 79．provides 80．its
【导语】本文主要介绍中国文化产业的发展。
71．句意：一份研究报告显示，知识产权是主题公园的“心脏”。此处泛指一份研究报告，“research
report”首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
72．句意：为了开发中国自己的知识产权，一些主题公园很好地利用了中国传统文化，而另一些主题公园
则专注于中国故事的电影。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填To develop。
73．句意：为了开发中国自己的知识产权，一些主题公园很好地利用了中国传统文化，而另一些主题公园
则专注于中国故事的电影。此处表示复数含义，使用名词复数形式，故填stories。
74．句意：令人鼓舞的是，中国文化产业在创意作品方面迈出了一大步。句中It为形式主语，真正的主语
是that the Chinese cultural industry ( 产业) has been taking a big step in creative works，此处表
示中国文化产业在创意作品方面迈出了一大步，这是一件令人鼓舞的事情，应用形容词encouraging来修饰。
故填encouraging。
75．句意：例如，最近在上海和北京开设了一些著名的主题公园。此处在句中作状语，用副词形式。故填
recently。
76．句意：在过去的几年里，中国文化知识产权经常出现在电影和电视剧中。根据“Chinese cultural IPs
have often appeared...movies and TV dramas”可知，中国文化知识产权经常出现在电影和电视剧中，
in“在……中”符合语境。故填in。
77．句意：例如，中国电影《长安三万里》的成功要归功于其中的中国水墨画、古诗词和高科技。前后构
成并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
78．句意：此外，多年前制作的《木兰》帮助中国传统文化被世界学习。本句主语是动作的承受者，结合
“years ago”可知，用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是“Mulan”，be动词用was。故填was produced。
79．句意：中国传统文化为娱乐业提供了特殊的体验。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是“Traditional
39关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Chinese culture”，动词用三单。故填provides。
80．句意：在高科技的帮助下，中国可以开发其传统文化知识产权，并将在未来几年拥有世界级的主题公
园。此处作定语修饰“traditional cultural IPs”，用形容词性物主代词its。故填its。
（2024·四川达州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在文章空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
The Shenzhou-18 manned spaceship has been successfully launched (发射) from the Jiuquan Satellite
Launch Center. It marks China’s 32nd manned flight into space.
At 8: 59 p. m. on April 25, 2024, it 81 (send) three astronauts and nearly 100 experimental boxes
(实验柜) to the Tiangong space station. The three astronauts 82 (be) Ye Guangfu, Li Cong and Li
Guangsu. They were all born in the 1980s. Ye was one of the 83 (member) of the Shenzhou-l3 mission
(任务) from October 2021 84 April 2022.
This time, he works as the 85 (lead) of the three astronauts. Both Li Cong 86 Li
Guangsu are newcomers to space. During 87 (they) time in space, they will care for the space station to
make sure it can work 88 (safe). They will do over 90 experiments. A fish 89 (call) “the 4th
member of Shenzhou-18” will be used for an experimental project.
The Shenzhou-18 astronauts are planned to return to 90 earth in late October this year. So they
will spend about six months on the space station.
【答案】
81．sent 82．are 83．members 84．to 85．leader 86．and 87．their 88．safely
89．called 90．the
【导语】本文介绍了神舟十八号的航天员以及航天任务、行程等。
81．句意：2024年4月25日晚8点59分，中国航天局将3名航天员和近100个实验柜送往天宫空间站。
send“发送”，动词。根据“At 8: 59 p. m. on April 25, 2024”可知，时态是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去
式。故填sent。
82．句意：这三名宇航员分别是叶光富、李聪和李广苏。本句陈述事实，是一般现在时，主语是复数，be
动词用are。故填are。
40关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
83．句意：叶是2021年10月至2022年4月神舟三号任务的成员之一。member“成员”，可数名词。one of
the+名词复数，意为“……之一”。故填members。
84．句意：叶是2021年10月至2022年4月神舟三号任务的成员之一。from…to…“从……到……”，固定
搭配。故填to。
85．句意：这一次，他是三名宇航员中的领导者。lead“领导”，动词。此处指叶光富是三人中的领导者。
leader“领导”，可数名词，用其单数形式。故填leader。
86．句意：李聪和李广苏都是太空新人。both…and“两者都……”，固定搭配。故填and。
87．句意：在太空期间，他们将照顾空间站，确保它能安全工作。they“他们”，人称代词。此处应用形容
词性物主代词their，作定语修饰time。故填their。
88．句意：在太空期间，他们将照顾空间站，确保它能安全工作。safe“安全的”，形容词。此处用其副词
形式safely，修饰动词work。故填safely。
89．句意：一种名为“神舟十八号”的鱼将被用于一个实验项目。call“称为”，动词。此处用其过去分词
形式called，作后置定语修饰名词fish。故填called。
90．句意：神舟十八号航天员计划于今年十月下旬返回地球。此处缺少冠词，earth“地球”是世界上独一
无二的物体，其前应加定冠词the。故填the。
（2024·黑龙江绥化·中考真题）
根据短文内容用所给词的适当形式填空。
After some warm-up activities, Zhang Hanliang starts her martial (武术的) art exercises in the morning. To
promote (推广) martial arts to more people, Zhang and her team 91 (make) many 92
(tradition) Chinese martial art videos in the past few years. 93 (million) of people watched the videos. “I
hope that more and more people will feel the beauty of 94 (do) Chinese kung fu.” said Zhang.
Zhang has practiced martial arts for over 20 years. 95 (she) love for martial arts 96
(come) from her family. After Zhang had practiced at home for a few years, her father sent her to a sports school.
At that time, Zhang was the 97 (young) child to learn martial arts at the school, but she practiced very
hard. “I would keep 98 (practice) after daily training every day.” Zhang said.
In 2007, Zhang began to teach martial arts. Besides her job at the university, Zhang 99 (work) to
promote the martial arts to foreigners now. She has been invited to many foreign countries to give lessons on it.
“Martial arts can be a bridge for cultural exchanges between China and other countries,” said Zhang. She wished
more and more people 100 (know) and love martial arts.
【答案】
91．have made 92．traditional 93．Millions 94．doing 95．Her 96．comes 97．
41关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
youngest 98．practicing 99．is working 100．to know
【导语】本文主要介绍了张含亮和其团队制作的多个中华传统武术视频在互联网悄然走红的故事，引导学
生尊重并弘扬传统文化，增强文化自信。
91．句意：为了向更多人推广武术，张和她的团队在过去几年里制作了许多中国传统武术视频。根据“in
the past few years”可知，强调动作的持续，所以用现在完成时，主语是复数名词，所以助动词用have，后
跟过去分词made。故填have made。
92．句意：为了向更多人推广武术，张和她的团队在过去几年里制作了许多中国传统武术视频。空处作定
语修饰名词videos，所以用tradition的形容词形式traditional。故填traditional。
93．句意：数百万人观看了这些视频。millions of“数百万的”，固定短语，句首单词首字母要大写。故填
Millions。
94．句意：我希望越来越多的人能感受到中国功夫的美。介词of后跟动名词作宾语，故填doing。
95．句意：她对武术的热爱来自她的家庭。空处作定语修饰名词love，所以用she的形容词性物主代词
her，句首单词首字母大写。故填Her。
96．句意：她对武术的热爱来自她的家庭。不可数名词love作主语，时态是一般现在时，所以谓语动词用
三单形式，故填comes。
97．句意：当时，张是学校里最小的孩子，但她练得很刻苦。根据“at the school”可知，是与学校的孩子
相比，三者以上作比较用最高级，young的最高级youngest，故填youngest。
98．句意：在每天的日常训练之后，我会继续练习。keep doing sth“继续做某事”，所以空处用动名词作宾
语，故填practicing。
99．句意：除了大学的工作，她现在还在向外国人推广武术。根据“now”可知，时态是现在进行时，主语
是第三人称单数，所以be动词用is，后跟work的现在分词。故填is working。
100．句意：她希望越来越多的人了解并热爱武术。wish sb to do sth“希望某人做某事”，固定短语，所以
空处用动词不定式，故填to know。
（2024·四川自贡·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
The Zigong Lantern Festival shows the wisdom and culture of people in Zigong. In 2008, the festival 101
(become) a national-level intangible cultural heritage (国家级非物质文化遗产). So far the Zigong lantern festival
102 (reach) many places in China and more than eighty 103 (country) around the world.
Wan Songtao is 104 important leader of a lantern-making company in Zigong. He spent his every
vacation 105 (learn) lantern-making from his father when he was a teenager. 106 (get) better
at designing (设计), Wan studied fine art in college.
42关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
One of the most important parts of making a large lantern is designing. “We used to design the lanterns all by
ourselves,” said Wan. “ 107 (lucky), we can use AI for good ideas now.” Besides AI, other technologies
are also very 108 (help). “The great success of Zigong lanterns comes 109 team effort,” said
Wan. His favorite work The sundial in 2024 is the work of over 80 Zigong lantern makers as well as a group of
engineers. It took them over 4,000 hours to make it 110 bring it to the park.
【答案】
101．became 102．has reached 103．countries 104．an 105．learning 106．To get
107．Luckily 108．helpful 109．from 110．and
【导语】本文主要介绍了自贡元宵节的影响以及现代科技对设计灯笼的影响。
101．句意：2008年，该节日被列为国家级非物质文化遗产。根据“In 2008”可知，此处是一般过去时，动
词用过去式，故填became。
102．句意：到目前为止，自贡元宵节已经传到了中国许多地方和世界上80多个国家。根据So far可知，
此处用现在完成时have/has done的结构，主语是单数形式，助动词用has，故填has reached。
103．句意：到目前为止，自贡元宵节已经传到了中国许多地方和世界上80多个国家。根据“more than
eighty”可知，此空应填复数形式，故填countries。
104．句意：万松涛是自贡一家灯笼制作公司的重要领导。此处表示泛指，且important是以元音音素开头
的，故填an。
105．句意：十几岁的时候，他每个假期都跟着父亲学习制作灯笼。spend time doing sth“花费时间做某事”，
动名词作宾语，故填learning。
106．句意：为了更好地设计，他在大学学习美术。根据“better at designing (设计), Wan studied fine art in
college.”可知，在大学学习美术是为了更好地设计，用动词不定式作目的状语，故填To get。
107．句意：幸运的是，我们现在可以用人工智能来想出好主意。此空位于开头，且空格后有逗号隔开，
应填副词作状语。根据“we can use AI for good ideas now.”可知，现在可以用人工智能来想出好主意，这是
一件幸运的事，故填Luckily。
108．句意：除了人工智能，其他技术也很有帮助。are后接形容词作表语，helpful“有帮助的”符合，故填
helpful。
109．句意：自贡灯笼的巨大成功来自于团队的努力。根据“The great success of Zigong lanterns comes…
team effort”可知，成功来自于团队的努力，come from“来自”，故填from。
110．句意：他们花了4000多个小时制作并把它带到公园。空格前后是并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
（2024·四川遂宁·中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
43关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
The oil-paper umbrella has a history of over 1,000 years in China. There are different 111 (story)
about the invention of the umbrella in China. The most popular one has something to do with Lu Ban. It’s said that
once he and his wife visited the West Lake. It started raining suddenly. His wife said, “Let’s have 112
competition. Before sunrise tomorrow, the one who comes up 113 a good way to visit the West Lake
even on rainy days will be the winner.” Lu Ban 114 (think) it was easy. He collected some tools and
materials. Then he spent the whole night 115 (build) pavilions (亭子) around the lake. He was quite
proud of his work.
The next morning, 116 Lu Ban talked about his achievements and felt proud, his wife held
something unusual in her hand. It could be opened into a round shape. Lu Ban was 117 (surprise). He
found that the object, made of silk and bamboo, could be opened and closed 118 (easy). It was light,
beautiful and easy to carry. Lu Ban said, “You win. Your invention can protect us from rain better.” So the umbrella
119 (invent).
Later, people began to use paper, which was 120 (cheap) than silk. To make the umbrella water-
proof, people brushed a kind of oil on the surface. So the oil-paper umbrella appeared.
【答案】
111．stories 112．a 113．with 114．thought 115．building 116．when 117．surprised
118．easily 119．was invented 120．cheaper
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了鲁班和妻子发明雨伞的典故。
111．句意：关于雨伞的发明，中国有不同的故事。story“故事”，可数名词，被different修饰，用其复数
形式。故填stories。
112．句意：我们来比赛吧。competition是可数名词单数，且以辅音音素发音开头，其前应加不定冠词a。
have a competition“比赛”。故填a。
113．句意：明天日出之前，谁能想出一个雨天也能游西湖的好办法，谁就是赢家。come up with“想出”，
动词短语。故填with。
114．句意：鲁班认为这很容易。think“认为”，动词。时态是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填
thought。
115．句意：然后他花了一整晚在湖边建造亭子。build“建造”，动词。spend some time doing sth.“花费时间
44关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
做某事”，动名词作宾语。故填building。
116．句意：第二天早晨，鲁班谈起自己的功绩，得意洋洋，他的妻子手里拿着一件不寻常的东西。此处
缺少连词，指当鲁班谈到自己建造的亭子时，妻子手里拿着一件不寻常的东西。when“当……时”，引导
时间状语从句。故填when。
117．句意：鲁班很惊讶。surprise“使惊讶”，动词。此处应用其形容词surprised“惊讶的”，作表语，修饰
人。故填surprised。
118．句意：他发现这个由丝绸和竹子制成的东西可以很容易地打开和关闭。easy“容易的”，形容词。此
处应用其副词easily，修饰动词。故填easily。
119．句意：于是伞被发明了。invent“发明”，动词。此处指雨伞被发明，应为被动语态。时态是一般过
去时，应为一般过去时的被动语态。主语是单数，be动词用was。故填was invented。
120．句意：后来，人们开始使用比丝绸便宜的纸。cheap“便宜的”，形容词。根据“than”可知，此处用
其比较级。故填cheaper。
（2024·四川宜宾·中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式，并将答案填写在答题卡
上的相应位置。
In China, when you want to travel on a high-speed train, you can now choose a quiet car. The big train
company in China has started this on some train lines, 121 the ones from Beijing to Shanghai, Beijing to
Guangzhou, and Chengdu to Chongqing.
You can choose a quiet car when you buy your train ticket on the website 12306.cn 122 can offer
train tickets. You can ask for a quiet seat in the 123 (two) class (等级). On the 12306 phone app, if a train
has a quiet car, you 124 (find) a “quiet” sign.
After you buy your ticket, you will receive 125 message telling you not to make any noise in the
quiet car. You should use headphones when 126 (listen) to music and go outside the quiet car if you talk on
the phone. Parents must make sure their 127 (child) behave well so that they won’t cause any trouble for
others. The conductors (列车员) will speak more 128 (soft). They also know when each person will get off
the train and can tell 129 (they) quietly.
45关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
If you would like 130 (buy) some food, you can scan (扫描) a special code on the arm of your seat.
Follow the steps to order, and the salesperson will bring it to you.
Now, you can enjoy a nice and quiet train trip!
【答案】
121．including 122．that/which 123．second 124．will find 125．a 126．listening
127．children 128．softly 129．them 130．to buy
【导语】本文主要讲了火车上可以选择安静车厢服务，介绍了服务要遵守的一些规定以及一些注意事项。
121．句意：中国最大的铁路公司已经在一些线路上推出了这项服务，包括北京至上海、北京至广州和成
都至重庆的线路。根据“The big train company in China has started this on some train lines, ...the ones from
Beijing to Shanghai, Beijing to Guangzhou, and Chengdu to Chongqing.”可知，此处举例推出这项服务的线路
包括哪些，介词including“包括”符合语境。故填including。
122．句意：你可以在12306.cn网站上买火车票时选择一节安静的车厢。此处是定语从句，先行词是物，
引导词在从句中作主语，用that/which引导定语从句。故填that/which。
123．句意：你可以在二等座要一个安静的座位。此处作定语修饰class，用序数词second，表示第二等级
的车厢，故填second。
124．句意：在12306手机应用程序上，如果火车上有安静车厢，你会发现一个“安静”的标志。此处是if
引导的条件状语从句，动作未发生，满足“主将从现”原则，主句用一般将来时。故填will find。
125．句意：在你买了票之后，你会收到一条信息，告诉你不要在安静的车厢里制造任何噪音。此处泛指
一条信息，“message”首字母发辅音音素。故填a。
126．句意：听音乐时应戴上耳机，打电话时应离开安静的车厢。此处在句中作状语，用现在分词形式。
故填listening。
127．句意：父母必须确保他们的孩子表现良好，这样他们就不会给别人带来麻烦。此处表示复数含义，
使用名词复数形式。故填children。
128．句意：父母必须确保他们的孩子表现良好，这样他们就不会给别人带来麻烦。此处在句中修饰动词
speak，用副词形式。故填softly。
129．句意：他们还知道每个人什么时候下车，并能悄悄地告诉他们。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格。故
填them。
130．句意：如果你想买一些食物，你可以扫描座位扶手上的特殊码。would like to do sth“想要做某事”，
动词不定式作宾语。故填to buy。
（2024·四川南充·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式，并将答案写在答题卡相应的横线
46关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
上。
Jiang Shumei, born in 1937, spent most of her time working in a factory. In 1996, she learned her 131
(one) Chinese character (汉字). Sixteen years later, she started to write down some of her own 132 (story).
It was not easy. Sometimes, completing a single sentence could take a day. She 133 (usual) started at 3 or 4
a.m., and revised (修改) the pieces several times until she was 134 (satisfy).
In 2013, her book, Time of Trouble, Time of Poverty, was published and proved to be 135 success.
The book earned Jiang a lot of fans and sympathy (同情). “Don’t feel sorry for me,” she says to her fans, “The
hardships mentioned in the book are now in the past. 136 them, I could never have finished this book.”
So far, the elderly woman 137 (publish) six books, totaling more than 600,000 characters in length.
“It’s never too late. I enjoy 138 (I) when writing,“ Jiang says. She lives a healthy life, exercising every day
139 eating a balanced diet. “If I could live as long as 130, would you still say that it is too late for me 140
(start) after 60?” she says jokingly.
【答案】
131．first 132．stories 133．usually 134．satisfied 135．a 136．Without 137．has
published 138．myself 139．and 140．to start
【导语】本文通过描述姜淑梅在60岁以后开始学习汉字并成为作家的故事，告诉我们：活到老，学到者，
131．句意：1996年，她学会了第一个汉字。根据“she learned her...Chinese character (汉字).”可知，空处是
指学会了第一个汉字，需用序数词first，意为“第一个”。故填first。
132．句意：16年后，她开始写下自己的一些故事。根据“some of her own...”可知，空处需填入复数名词。
stories“故事”。故填stories。
133．句意：她通常在凌晨3、4点开始，把作品修改几次，直到满意为止。修饰空后动词“started”需用副
词usually，意为“通常”。故填usually。
134．句意：她通常在凌晨3、4点开始，把作品修改几次，直到满意为止。be动词后跟形容词作表语；
satisfy的形容词为satisfied，意为“满意的”。故填satisfied。
135．句意：2013年，她的书《乱时候，穷时候》出版并取得了成功。空处泛指“一个成功”，且
“success”以辅音音素开头，需用不定冠词a。故填a。
136．句意：没有它们，我永远也写不完这本书。根据“The hardships mentioned in the book are now in the
past.”和“them, I could never have finished this book.”可知，此处是指没有书中提及的困难，姜淑梅写不出这
本书。without“没有”。故填Without。
137．句意：到目前为止，这位老妇人已经出版了六本书，总长度超过60万字。根据“So far,”可知，本句
是现在完成时(have/has done)，主语是单数，助动词用has；publish的过去分词为published。故填has
47关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
published。
138．句意：我很享受写作的过程。enjoy oneself表示“尽情享受，过得愉快”；此处需用myself与主语I
保持一致。故填myself。
139．句意：她过着健康的生活，每天锻炼，饮食均衡。“exercising every day”和“eating a balanced diet.”
并列，需用连词and表示“和”。故填and。
140．句意：如果我能活到130岁，你还会说我60岁以后再开始太迟吗？it is adj for sb to do sth“对某人来
说做某事是……”，固定短语。故填to start。
（2024·山东滨州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词或情态动词。
The year 2024 celebrates the Chinese Year of the Dragon. It is respected as a 141 (luck) year, full
of hope for all.
Chinese people respect the dragon, and even see themselves as the descendants (后代) of the dragon. In
Chinese culture, the dragon is a symbol of power and good luck. People believe it controls the water and brings a
good harvest. So they 142 (admire) the dragon since ancient times. And people who are born in the
dragon year are thought to be confident and unafraid to take risks.
But how did the dragon become one of the twelve 143 (animal) in the Chinese zodiac (生肖)?
According to the legend, there was a party, the order of the zodiac animals would be decided by the order in which
they arrived. The dragon, although it had the ability 144 (fly), didn’t come first because it stopped to
make rain for farmers on 145 (it) way. So, it was the 146 (five) one to arrive.
To show great respect towards the dragon, Dragon Dance 147 (start) by the Chinese during the
Han Dynasty. Now it has been spread all over the world. The length of dragons can be 50 to 70 meters because
people believe that the 148 (long) the dragon is, the more luck it will bring. But a small group 149
(not run) a very long dragon because it needs great human power, much money, and special skills.
The dragon is not just an animal in the Chinese zodiac, it’s also a powerful symbol that is rooted (根植)
150 (deep) in Chinese history and customs.
48关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
【答案】
141．lucky 142．have admired 143．animals 144．to fly 145．its 146．fifth 147．
was started 148．longer 149．can’t run 150．deeply
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了龙如何成为十二生肖之一的典故以及龙在中国文化中的重要地位和意
义。
141．句意：它被认为是幸运的一年，对所有人都充满希望。luck“运气”，名词。此处应用形容词
lucky“幸运的”，作定语修饰名词year。故填lucky。
142．句意：所以他们自古以来就崇拜龙。admire“尊敬”，动词。根据“since ancient times”可知，时态是
现在完成时，主语是人称复数，助动词用have。故填have admired。
143．句意：但是龙是如何成为中国十二生肖中的十二种动物之一的呢？animal“动物”，可数名词，被
twelve修饰，用其复数形式。故填animals。
144．句意：虽然龙有飞行的能力，但它并没有排在第一位，因为它在途中停下来为农民降雨。fly“飞”，
动词。此处用动词不定式作后置定语修饰名词ability ，指飞行的能力。故填to fly。
145．句意：虽然龙有飞行的能力，但它并没有排在第一位，因为它在途中停下来为农民降雨。it“它”，
人称代词。此处应用其形容词性物主代词its，作定语修饰名词way。故填its。
146．句意：所以，它是第五个到达的。five“五”，基数词。此处指龙第五个到达，表顺序，应用序数词
fifth。故填fifth。
147．句意：为了表示对龙的高度尊重，中国人在汉代开始了舞龙运动。start“开始”，动词。由“by”可知，
此处是被动语态。结合“during the Han Dynasty”可知，时态是一般过去时，故此处是一般过去时的被动语
态，主语是第三人称单数，be动词用was。故填was started。
148．句意：龙的长度可以是50到70米，因为人们相信龙越长，它会带来更多的好运。long“长的”，形
容词。此处是“the+比较级, the+比较级”，意为“越……，就越……”，故用其比较级。故填longer。
149．句意：但一小群人无法驾驭一条很长的龙，因为它需要大量的人力、大量的资金和特殊的技能。
run“使运转”，动词。根据常识可知，几个人无法舞动一条巨长的龙。结合“needs”可知，时态是一般现
在时，故用情态动词can’t表“不能”，动词run用原形。故填can’t run。
150．句意：龙不仅是中国十二生肖中的一种动物，也是深深植根于中国历史和习俗的强大象征。deep“深
的”，形容词。此处应用其副词deeply“深深地”，修饰动词。故填deeply。
（2024·青海·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个恰当的单词或用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。
Wu Muliang is a photographer from a village. He is 151 kind boy. He takes 152 (photo) for
old people in his village. Wu Muliang is very young, but he helps his neighbors by 153 (take) pictures.
49关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Wu’s grandparents took care 154 him when he was a little boy, but they couldn’t see each other often
after he 155 (start) school. Wu’s grandpa died years ago. But there was no picture of him for the family to
remember him with. This made Wu and his family very sad. Wu knew that many old people in 156 (he)
village didn’t have pictures either. They didn’t have phones with cameras like us, so Wu wanted 157 (help)
them take pictures.
Wu took pictures of his grandma 158 other old people in the village. Some of them were not very
old, but they wanted pictures to remember themselves when they were younger.
Wu learned that it’s 159 (importance) to spend time with family from his experience. He will help
more old people in his village and other places too. He would like to see them smiling 160 (happy) when
they look at their pictures.
【答案】
151．a 152．photos 153．taking 154．of 155．started 156．his 157．to help
158．and 159．important 160．happily
【导语】本文主要介绍吴木良帮自己的奶奶以及全村一共十多位老人拍照这件事。
151．句意：他是一个善良的男孩。此处泛指一个男孩，“kind”首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
152．句意：他为村里的老人拍照。take photos“拍照”，故填photos。
153．句意：吴木良很年轻，但他帮助他的邻居拍照。by是介词，其后加动名词作宾语，故填taking。
154．句意：吴的祖父母在他还是个小男孩的时候就照顾他，但在他上学后，他们就不能经常见面了。take
care of“照顾”，固定短语，故填of。
155．句意：吴的祖父母在他还是个小男孩的时候就照顾他，但在他上学后，他们就不能经常见面了。本
句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填started。
156．句意：吴知道他村里的许多老人也没有照片。此处作定语修饰village，用形容词性物主代词his，故
填his。
157．句意：他们没有像我们这样带摄像头的手机，所以吴想帮他们拍照。want to do sth“想要做某事”，
故填to help。
158．句意：吴给他的奶奶和村里的其他老人拍了照片。前后两句构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
159．句意：吴从他的经历中学到，花时间和家人在一起很重要。此处在句中作表语，用其形容词形式，
故填important。
160．句意：他希望看到他们在看照片时开心地微笑。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词happily，故填
happily。
（2024·吉林长春·中考真题）
50关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Westwood National Park is a very huge national park. It is well-known 161 its fascinating scenes
and many kinds of animals, especially bears. It is one of my favorite 162 (place) to take photos.
I will never forget that afternoon. Birds flew over the 163 (peace) lake. The mountains 164
(cover) with white snow. With the camera held to my eye, I was recording the amazing picture. All of a sudden, I
found two baby bears far away running after each other 165 (happy). Sometimes they stopped to look
around; sometimes one rubbed (蹭) against the other’s back. They had a lot of fun playing in 166 sun. At
that moment, I completely lost myself in the sweet environment. How I wished that time could stand still! I really
hoped 167 (catch) the warm scene with my camera and I did it. After a while, I 168 (hear) a loud
roar (吼叫) from the mother bear. The two baby bears stood up quickly 169 ran back to the forest. I was so
lucky that I could take such a picture.
The photo always reminds 170 (I) that the real beauty is “nature” in nature.
【答案】
161．for 162．places 163．peaceful 164．were covered 165．happily
166．the 167．to catch 168．heard 169．and 170．me
【导语】本文作者介绍自己在韦斯特伍德国家公园拍照的经历。
161．句意：它以其迷人的景色和多种动物，尤其是熊而闻名。此处是be well-known for“以……而闻名”，
故填for。
162．句意：这是我最喜欢拍照的地方之一。one of后用名词复数形式，故填places。
163．句意：鸟儿飞过宁静的湖面。此处用形容词作定语修饰lake，故填peaceful。
164．句意：山上覆盖着皑皑白雪。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般过去时，所以用一般过去时的
被动语态，主语是复数，故填were covered。
165．句意：突然，我发现两个熊宝宝在远处快乐地追逐着对方。此处用副词修饰动词短语，故填
happily。
166．句意：它们在阳光下玩得很开心。in the sun“在阳光下”，固定短语，故填the。
167．句意：我真的希望用我的相机捕捉到温暖的场景，我做到了。hope to do sth“希望做某事”，故填to
catch。
168．句意：过了一会儿，我听到熊妈妈的一声大吼。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填
heard。
169．句意：两只熊宝宝迅速站起来，跑回森林。前后动作构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
170．句意：这张照片总是提醒我，真正的美是大自然中的“自然”。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故
51关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
填me。
（2024·山东东营·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空 (必要时可加情态动词或助动词)。
While I was going through the forest. I fell on the ground. Ouch! That hurt. Then a voice said, “Are you l
right? You 171 badly ________ (not hurt), are you?”
I looked up and saw a boy of my age. “No, I’m OK, Thanks.” He helped me up.
“I haven’t seen you at school. Do you live near here?” I asked.
“No. I’m from Manchester,” with these words, the boy hurried away.
Back home, Mum 172 (watch) the news.
“Hi, Grace 173 you ________ (hear) about this boy, Mark?” she asked.
“No. What boy?” I said.
“A boy from Manchester. He’s run away from home. Look! This is his dad.”
There was a man on TV sitting next to a policeman. He was crying. Then they showed a photo of the missing
boy. It was the boy in the forest!
“Should I tell mum? No. I 174 (not say) anything. I have to talk to Mark first.” I said to myself.
The next day, I found Mark in the forest. I said, “Your dad was on TV last night. The police 175
(look) for you.”
He looked shocked and asked, “Have you told them?”
“No.” I said, “I wanted 176 (talk) to you first. Why have you run away?”
He said sadly. “I argued with my dad. My mum died four years ago. Recently, my dad met a woman named
Mel. Mel wants my dad for herself and isn’t interested in me. That night, Father 177 (tell) me that we
would all move to London because Mel’s from London. But my grandpa and my friends 178 (be) in
Manchester. I don’t want to move there. We both got angry. So I left in the midnight.”
I felt sorry for Mark. But when I thought of his dad crying on TV. I am sorry for him too. “What 179
you ________ (do)?” I asked.
“I don’t know.” he replied.
“Why not live with your grandpa in Manchester? Let your dad and Mel 180 (move) to London
and visit them in the holidays.”
Mark didn’t answer for a while. then he nodded and smiled. “Can I use your phone? I need to call my dad.”
【答案】
171．aren’t；hurt 172．was watching 173．Have；heard 174．mustn’t say 175．are looking
52关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
176．to talk 177．told 178．are 179．are；going to do 180．move
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者在森林中遇到了Mark，他因为与父亲争吵而离家出走，Mark的父亲在电视
上寻找他，作者在得知后决定先和Mark谈谈，最后，作者给了Mark一些建议。
171．句意：你没有受重伤，是吗？根据“are you”可知陈述部分用be动词are，和not缩写成aren’t，作表
语用形容词hurt“受伤的”。故填aren’t；hurt。
172．句意：妈妈在看新闻。根据“Back home”可知回到家的时候，妈妈正在看新闻，用过去进行时，主
语是Mum，be动词用was。故填was watching。
173．句意：你听说过这个男孩吗？此处表示过去的动作对现在的影响，用现在完成时，主语是you，助动
词用have，变疑问句时，把助动词have放主语之前，动词用过去分词heard。故填have；heard。
174．句意：我什么都不能说。根据“I have to talk to Mark first.”可知要先找Mark谈谈，所以什么都不能说，
mustn’t“不能，禁止”，情态动词后加动词原形。故填mustn’t say。
175．句意：警察正在找你。根据“The police...for you”可知此处强调警察正在寻找，直接引语中用现在进
行时，此处主语the police指代复数，be动词用are。故填are looking。
176．句意：我想先和你谈谈。want to do sth.“想要做某事”。故填to talk。
177．句意：那天晚上，爸爸告诉我，我们都要搬到伦敦，因为梅尔来自伦敦。根据“That night”可知句子
用过去时，动词用过去式told“告诉”。故填told。
178．句意：但我爷爷和我的朋友都在曼彻斯特。此处描述客观事实，用一般现在时，主语是复数，be动
词用are。故填are。
179．句意：你打算怎么办？根据“What...you...”可知此处询问他打算怎么办，直接引语中用一般将来时be
going to do，主语是you，be动词用are，变疑问句时把be动词are放主语之前。故填are；going to do。
180．句意：让你爸爸和梅尔搬到伦敦。let sb. do sth.“让某人做某事”。故填move。
（2024·内蒙古包头·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Students in the French cities of Paris and Lyon recently got the chance to take part in traditional Chinese
cultural and sports events hosted by East China Normal University.
The events were held from Thursday 181 Monday. On Thursday, students from five French
middle schools 182 (experience) calligraphy (书法) and seal carving (篆刻) under the instruction of
professors and students from China. It was 183 first time that they were provided in those French
53关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
schools.
Tryston Beck, a 12-year-old middle school student from Lyon, was 184 (satisfy) with his work in
carving the Chinese character (文字) zhong, or middle. “The teachers from China told me 185 it meant.
It was a very cool and fun experience,” he said.
A friendly badminton match was held on Sunday between a team of students led by Wang Yihan, who came
186 (two) at the London 2012 Olympic Games, and student athletes from Lyon.
“The match allowed Chinese and French youths 187 (improve) their competitive skills, friendship,
and sow the seeds for future cooperation between the two sides,” said by a French officer.
To show Chinese kung fu and tai chi, teachers and students from the university also went to three schools in
Lyon. Some local people had chances to experience it themselves.
“The movements in tai chi may be practiced very 188 (slow), but they are very 189
(create) and artistic,” another French officer said. “It’s a lovely beginning. I believe such activities will help more
French 190 (teenager) improve their understanding of Chinese culture,” he said.
【答案】
181．to 182．experienced 183．the 184．satisfied 185．what
186．second 187．to improve 188．slowly 189．creative 190．teenagers
【导语】本文是一篇新闻类阅读，文章介绍了法国巴黎和里昂的学生参加了由华东师范大学主办的中国传
统文化和体育活动。该活动帮助法国青少年提高了对中国文化的了解。
181．句意：活动从周四持续到周一。from…to…“从……到……”。故填to。
182．句意：周四，来自法国五所中学的学生在来自中国的教授和学生的指导下体验了书法和篆刻。
experience“体验，经验”，名词/动词。事情发生在过去，时态是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填
experienced。
183．句意：这是这些法国学校第一次提供这些课程。序数词first前加定冠词the，the first time“第一次”。
故填the。
184．句意：来自里昂的12岁中学生Tryston Beck对自己雕刻的“中”字很满意。be satisfied with“对……
满意”，形容词短语。故填satisfied。
185．句意：来自中国的老师告诉我这是什么意思。分析句子可知，told后接宾语从句。从句中缺少宾语，
指“中”字是什么意思，故用what引导宾语从句。故填what。
186．句意：上周日，一场羽毛球友谊赛在2012年伦敦奥运会亚军王仪涵率领的学生队和来自里昂的学生
运动员之间举行。two“二”，基数词。此处指第二名，应用序数词second“第二”。故填second。
187．句意：这场比赛让中法两国年轻人提高了竞技技能，增进了友谊，为双方未来的合作播下了种子。
54关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
improve“提高”，动词。allow sb. to do sth.“允许某人做某事”，不定式作宾补。故填to improve。
188．句意：太极拳的动作可能练习得很慢，但它们非常有创造力和艺术性。slow“慢的”，形容词。此处
应用副词slowly修饰动词practice。故填slowly。
189．句意：太极拳的动作可能练习得很慢，但它们非常有创造力和艺术性。create“创造”，动词。此处应
用其形容词creative“有创造性的”作表语。故填creative。
190．句意：我相信这样的活动将帮助更多的法国青少年提高他们对中国文化的了解。teenager“青少年”，
可数名词，被more修饰，用其复数形式。故填teenagers。
（2024·山东临沂·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Hi Alice,
How are you? I want to tell you about my trip to the city space museum two days ago. I have never been
there before, so I was 191 (excite)! I was taking care of my little sister and she was bored so I said, “We
are going on an 192 (usual) experience!”
When we arrived, we started to explore (探索). The space museum is very large and full of interesting and
exciting objects 193 (touch). The first room you enter looks like deep space. There is information about
different planets with a quiz (知识竞赛) at the end. The 194 (win) has a chance to invent a name for a
planet—that’s exciting, isn’t it? The 195 (two) room looks like the inside of a spaceship. You can touch
an astronaut’s spacesuit (宇航服). It looks really heavy! I don’t know how an astronaut can wear it. It looks a little
old. I don’t know when it 196 (make), either. And you can see where the astronauts prepare their food.
Did you know they use a knife, fork and spoon to eat? I didn’t. I thought it was all in bags.
We were looking at the oven from the spaceship when my sister 197 (tell) me she was hungry. So
we went to have a snack. They were preparing a pizza (比萨饼) in the restaurant and the smell of food always
makes me hungry so we had a piece of pizza! It was delicious. While we 198 (eat) a pizza, they were
baking (烘焙) biscuits, so we ate some. Don’t worry! We have bought some 199 you—you will love
them! They look like rockets and taste like honey!
After lunch, we explored more of the museum 200 stayed for the rest of the day. They were
turning off the lights when we left!
Have you ever been to a museum? See you soon!
Helen
【答案】
191．excited 192．unusual 193．to touch 194．winner 195．second 196．was made
55关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
197．told 198．were eating 199．for 200．and
【导语】本文是一篇应用文，海伦向爱丽丝介绍了自己前两天去城市航天博物馆的经历。
191．句意：我以前从来没有去过那里，所以我很兴奋！excite“使兴奋”，动词。此处应用形容词
excited“兴奋的”，作表语，修饰人。故填excited。
192．句意：我们要去经历一次不同寻常的经历！usual“通常的”，形容词。结合空前冠词an及文章内容
可知，此处指一次不寻常的经历。unusual“不寻常的”，作定语修饰名词。故填unusual。
193．句意：太空博物馆非常大，充满了有趣和令人兴奋的可以触摸的物体。touch“触摸”，动词。此处应
用动词不定式作后置定语修饰名词objects，指可以触摸的物体。故填to touch。
194．句意：获胜者有机会为一颗行星发明一个名字——这很令人兴奋，不是吗？win“赢得”，动词。此
处缺少主语，应用名词形式winner“获胜者”，结合“has”可知，用单数形式。故填winner。
195．句意：第二个房间看起来像宇宙飞船的内部。two“二”，基数词。room是单数，此处指第二个房间，
应用序数词second表顺序。故填second。
196．句意：我也不知道它是什么时候制作的。make“制作”，动词。it指宇航服，与动词之间存在被动关
系，且制作宇航服这件事发生在过去，应为一般过去时。主语it指第三人称单数，故用be动词was，make
用其过去分词。故填was made。
197．句意：我们从宇宙飞船上看烤箱的时候，我妹妹告诉我她饿了。tell“告诉”，动词。此处是含when
引导的时间状语从句的复合句，从句动作发生时，主句动作正在进行，指妹妹说她饿了的时候，我们正
在……。主句是过去进行时，从句应为一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填told。
198．句意：当我们吃披萨的时候，他们在烤饼干，所以我们吃了一些。eat“吃”，动词。此处是含while
引导的时间状语从句的复合句，从句是过去进行时，结构是was/were doing，主语是复数，be动词用
were。故填were eating。
199．句意：我们给你买了一些——你会喜欢的！此处是buy sth. for sb.“给某人买某物”。故填for。
200．句意：午饭后，我们探索了更多的博物馆，并在那里待了一天。“explored more of the museum”和
“stayed for the rest of the day”之间是并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
（2024·广东深圳·中考真题）
Ole is a student from Norway at East China Normal School. He first visited China in 2016, and since then,
he 201 (develop) a deep interest in traditional Chinese culture. Recently, he and his team won the Shanghai
International Students Dragon Boat Race. It was the team’s 202 (six) win in a row and his second time
winning the first prize. “I 203 (introduce) to the dragon boat racing in the spring of 2023. My teacher
noticed my strong arms and encouraged me 204 (try) it,” said Ole. When he was asked the secret of his
56关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
success, he replied, “There is no ‘I’, 205 only ‘we’. My teammates are international students coming
206 different countries. Before we became the champions, we practiced rowing three times a week, trying to
match the strokes with drumbeat.
At first, we weren’t very good. We did not know 207 the problem lay. However, with continuous
effort, we learned that teamwork is the key. Although we are culturally different, we are one team in the race.
Before each race, the team would stand in 208 circle and cheer loudly. “Taking part in this sport, we
realized the 209 (important) of cooperation. We trained hard, each stroke bringing us a closer to
understanding the tradition of Dragon Boat Festival,” said Ole 210 (proud).
【答案】
201．has developed 202．sixth 203．was introduced 204．to try 205．but 206．from
207．where 208．a 209．importance 210．proudly
【导语】本文主要讲述了留学生Ole参加中国的龙舟赛的经历。
201．句意：他于2016年首次来到中国，从那时起，他就对中国的传统文化产生了浓厚的兴趣。根据
“since then”可知，句子应用现在完成时，主语为he，助动词用has。故填has developed。
202．句意：这是该队连续第六次获胜，也是他第二次获得冠军。根据“the team’s…win in a row”可知，此
处应用序数词表示顺序。故填sixth。
203．句意：2023年春天，我开始接触龙舟比赛。根据“in the spring of 2023”可知，句子应用一般过去时，
主语I与动词introduce存在被动关系，句子应用一般过去时的被动语态，be动词应用was。故填was
introduced。
204．句意：我的老师注意到我结实的双臂，鼓励我去尝试它。encourage sb to do sth“鼓励某人做某事”。
故填to try。
205．句意：没有“我”，只有“我们”。空格前后存在转折关系，根据“no”可知用“no…but…”表示
“不是……而是……”，因此用but连接。故填but。
206．句意：我的队员们都是来自不同国家的国际学生。come from“来自”。故填from。
207．句意：我们不知道问题在哪里。know后接宾语从句，从句中主谓为the problem lay，缺少地点状语，
因此用where引导该宾语从句。故填where。
208．句意：每次比赛前，整个团队会站成一个圆圈，大声地鼓劲。结合语境可知，此处表示泛指，circle
为单数名词，且为辅音音素开头的单词，其前用不定冠词a表泛指。故填a。
209．句意：参加这项运动，我们意识到了合作的重要性。定冠词the后接名词。故填importance。
210．句意：Ole骄傲地说道：“参加这项运动，我们意识到了合作的重要性。我们刻苦训练，每一次划桨
都让我们更加了解端午节的传统。”此处应用副词proudly修饰动词said。故填proudly。
57关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
（2024·山东烟台·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Mooncakes are one of the most popular foods during the Mid-Autumn Festival. But let’s be honest: not
many of us really like to eat them, mainly 211 they are made in factories and often several months old by
the time they 212 (buy). Now here’s the thing: homemade mooncakes. They’re amazing, whether you’re
eating them 213 (you) or giving them to your friends as gifts. Yes, they require a lot of effort, but they’re
worth it.
214 (produce) mooncakes, you’ll need a mold (模具). Molds are available in different sizes and
depths. I usually use a traditional large 215 (wood) mold. But a plastic mold in a similar size will do just
line.
Before cooking, I prepare several kinds of ingredients (原料) and make them into balls separately. The key
to 216 (make) proper mooncakes is to gather each ball in layers (层). In my way, the middle ball is made
of nut (坚果) pieces. The 217 (two) layer is made of mashed red bean mixed with sugar, which is lastly
covered with a layer of pastry (油酥面团). It is then pressed into a mold and carefully taken out into the oven.
It’s important to follow the cooking 218 (instruction) carefully. To prevent breaking up, I first
cook mooncakes 219 a high temperature to set the pattern and shape. Then, I lower the temperature and
remove them 220 (regular) to brush the surface with egg wash.
Just look at my mooncakes! Not bad. right?
【答案】
211．because 212．are bought 213．yourself 214．To produce 215．wooden 216．making
217．second 218．instruction 219．at 220．regularly
【导语】本文主要是作者介绍了制作月饼的方法。
211．句意：但说实话：我们中没有多少人真的喜欢吃它们，主要是因为它们是在工厂里制作的，通常在
买的时候已经放了好几个月了。根据“they are made in factories and often several months old by the time they”
可知，空格后是解释没有多少人喜欢月饼的原因，故填because。
58关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
212．句意：但说实话：我们中没有多少人真的喜欢吃它们，主要是因为它们是在工厂里制作的，通常在
买的时候已经放了好几个月了。空格前they指代“月饼”，与动词buy之间是被动关系，此句是一般现在
时，应填一般现在时被动语态，根据they可知，助动词用are，故填are bought。
213．句意：无论你是自己吃还是作为礼物送给朋友，它们都很神奇。当宾语与主语为同一人称时，宾语
用反身代词，此处是“无论你自己吃”，故填yourself。
214．句意：制作月饼，你需要一个模具。根据“mooncakes, you’ll need a mold”可知，需要模具的目的是
为了制作月饼，用动词不定式作目的状语，故填To produce。
215．句意：我通常使用传统的大型木制模具。此空修饰名词mold，应填形容词wooden“木制的”作定语，
故填wooden。
216．句意：制作月饼的关键是把每个圆都叠起来。to是介词，后接动名词，故填making。
217．句意：第二层是由红豆泥和糖混合而成，最后覆盖一层糕点。根据“The…layer”可知，此处指第二
层，应填序数词表示顺序，故填second。
218．句意：认真按照烹饪说明去做很重要。instruction“说明”，可数名词，此空应填其复数形式，故填
instructions。
219．句意：为了防止破裂，我首先在高温下做月饼，以确定图案和形状。at a high temperature“在高温
下”，故填at。
220．句意：然后，我降低温度，定时取出它们，用蛋液刷表面。此空修饰动词remove，应填副词
regularly“有规律地”，故填regularly。
（2024·贵州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Leonardo da Vinci began painting the Mona Lisa, one of the most famous paintings of all time, in 1503. He
was working on a special painting for a church at the time, but it was not going 221 (good). The woman
who can be seen in the Mona Lisa is said to be Madonna Lisa del Giocondo. She was the wife of an Italian
businessman. Her husband asked da Vinci 222 (paint) a portrait (肖像) of her.
After da Vinci finished the painting in 1506, he was invited by the French King to visit France 223
he took the painting with him. Today the Mona Lisa is kept in the Louvre, an art museum in Paris, and it is seen by
about six million 224 (visit) a year.
59关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
The painting measures (测量为) only 77 centimeters by 53 centimeters and is painted 225 oil on
wood. In 1911, Vincenzo Peruggia, a worker at the Louvre, stole the painting. He took it out of the museum by
hiding it under 226 (he) coat. Two years later, police officers found 227 painting when he
tried to sell it.
In 1962, the Mona Lisa was 228 (take) to Washington and New York for artwork shows. For the
journey, the museum 229 (want) to insure (给……投保) the painting. The insurance company set the
value of it at 100 million dollars, making it the most 230 (value) painting ever! Today, the value of the
painting would be over 700 million dollars.
【答案】
221．well 222．to paint 223．and 224．visitors 225．with 226．his 227．the
228．taken 229．wanted 230．valuable
【导语】本文主要以达·芬奇所画的《蒙娜丽莎》为主线，讲述了《蒙娜丽莎》的创作原形，以及它出名后
展览于卢浮宫，经历了被人盗走又寻回，直至变为现在最有价值的油画。
221．句意：当时他正在为一座教堂画一幅特别的画，但进展并不顺利。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形
式，故填well。
222．句意：她的丈夫请达·芬奇为她画一幅肖像。ask sb to do sth“请求某人做某事”，故填to paint。
223．句意：达芬奇在1506年完成这幅画后，应法国国王的邀请访问法国，并随身带着这幅画。前后两句
构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
224．句意：今天，《蒙娜丽莎》被保存在巴黎的卢浮宫艺术博物馆，每年约有600万游客参观。根据
“and it is seen by about six million...a year”可知，每年约有600万游客参观《蒙娜丽莎》visitor“游客”，
“six million”修饰可数名词复数，故填visitors。
225．句意：这幅画的尺寸只有77厘米乘53厘米，是在木头上用油绘制的。根据“is painted...oil on wood.”
可知，用油绘制，with“用”符合语境，故填with。
226．句意：他把它藏在外套下面，把它带出了博物馆。此处作定语修饰coat，用形容词性物主代词his，
故填his。
227．句意：两年后，当他试图卖掉这幅画时，警察发现了这幅画。此处特指这幅画，用定冠词the，故填
the。
228．句意：1962年，《蒙娜丽莎》被带到华盛顿和纽约参加艺术展。根据“In 1962, the Mona Lisa
was...to Washington and New York for artwork shows.”可知，《蒙娜丽莎》被带到华盛顿和纽约参加艺术展，
此处与was构成被动语态，用动词过去分词taken，故填taken。
229．句意：为了这次旅行，博物馆想为这幅画投保。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填
60关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
wanted。
230．句意：保险公司将它的价值定为1亿美元，使它成为有史以来最有价值的画作！此处与“the most...”
构成形容词最高级，用valuable“有价值的”，故填valuable。
（2024·四川乐山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填写1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
I can still remember my primary school homework on animals. I decided 231 (write) about the whale
(鲸鱼). I have loved them from a young age.
I’m not quite sure why I love them. It might be something about 232 (they) shape. They have a
smooth shape, and their tails look like a heart. They also move so 233 (slow) and beautifully, like a tree
dancing in the wind. This way, they seem very clever.
So, of course, one of my best memories 234 (be) when I got to see a type of whale called the
Southern Right Whale in Argentina. Watching them moving smoothly in the water, I felt 235 (happy) than
ever. They were so beautiful!
And I’m not the only one who loves whales. Different peoples across the world have a special place for
whales in their 236 (heart). Take the Maori people in New Zealand as 237 example. Living by the
ocean, they see whales as guardians (守护者) of the ocean and talk about them a lot in their 238 (tradition)
stories.
Why was I interested in whales like the Maori people? 239 they need our protection. That’s what my
school homework was about— animals we need to protect. Whales play a big role 240 the ocean. So,
protecting whales means protecting the whole ocean.
【答案】
231．to write 232．their 233．slowly 234．was 235．happier 236．hearts 237．an
238．traditional 239．Because 240．in
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者小学时写了关于鲸鱼的作业情况。
231．句意：我决定写有关鲸鱼的事情。decide to do sth“决定做某事”，为固定短语。故填to write。
232．句意：可能和它们的形状有关。空后是名词，应用形容词性物主代词their作定语。故填their。
233．句意：它们移动得又慢又美，就像一棵树在风中翩翩起舞。空处修饰动词，应用副词。故填slowly。
234．句意：所以，当然，我最美好的回忆之一是我在阿根廷看到了一种叫做南露脊鲸的鲸鱼。根据“got”
可知，本句是一般过去时，one作主语，谓语动词用单数was。故填was。
235．句意：看着它们在水里平稳地移动，我感到前所未有的快乐。根据“than”可知，此处应用比较级。
故填happier。
61关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
236．句意：世界上不同的民族在他们的心中对鲸鱼有着特殊的地位。根据“their”可知，名词应用复数。
故填hearts。
237．句意：以新西兰的毛利人为例。此处表示泛指，example以元音音素开头，应用an。故填an。
238．句意：他们生活在海边，把鲸鱼视为海洋的守护者，在他们的传统故事中经常谈论鲸鱼。空处修饰
名词stories，应用形容词traditional“传统的”。故填traditional。
239．句意：因为它们需要我们的保护。根据前句“Why...”可知，应用because回答原因。故填Because。
240．句意：鲸鱼在海洋中扮演着重要的角色。play a role in“扮演……角色”。故填in。
(2023 中考真题）
（2023·青海·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个恰当的单词或用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。
In February, there was a video about Asian elephants in Yunnan, in which two 1
(elephant) were fighting for food. By 2 end of 2022, the number of wild Asian elephants 3
(be) more than 300.
They started to visit villages. 4 did they do so? Because they needed more space and food. But this
brought losses for the farmers.
Sometimes, the elephants were scared and 5 (hurt) people. So the local government is 6
(think) of some smart ways to get along with the cute but naughty animals.
◆ If the elephants eat farmers’ plants, farmers can get some money from the government.
If the elephants get too close to people, fences (栅栏) can be built near villages and schools to protect people.
◆ If you see some elephants, stay 7 least 300 meters away from them. Also, you should leave the
place 8 (quick).
◆ If you are in a place with elephants, don’t 9 (wear) bright-colored clothes. Such clothes could
make elephants 10 (angry).
【答案】
1．elephants 2．the 3．was 4．Why 5．hurt
6．thinking 7．at 8．quickly 9．wear 10．angry
【导语】本文向我们介绍亚洲象的相关内容，并告诉我们遇到大象应该怎么做。
1．句意：今年2月，有一个关于云南亚洲象的视频，两头大象在争夺食物。two修饰可数名词复数，故填
elephants。
2．句意：到2022年底，野生亚洲象的数量超过了300头。by the end of...“到……为止”，故填the。
62关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
3．句意：到2022年底，野生亚洲象的数量超过了300头。本句主语中心词是“the number of”，强调整体
数量，时态是一般过去时，故填was。
4．句意：他们为什么这样做呢？根据“Because they needed more space and food.”可知，此处在回答原因，
用Why提问，故填Why。
5．句意：有时，大象会受到惊吓，伤害人类。根据“were”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，
hurt的过去式还是hurt。故填hurt。
6．句意：因此，当地政府正在考虑一些聪明的方法来与这些可爱但淘气的动物相处。根据“So the local
government is...of some smart ways to get along with the cute but naughty animals.”可知，动作正在发生，时态
是现在进行时，动词用现在分词形式，故填thinking。
7．句意：如果你看到一些大象，要离它们至少300米远。根据“If you see some elephants, stay...least 300
meters away from them.”可知，此处是at least短语，意为“至少”，故填at。
8．句意：还有，你应该尽快离开这个地方。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填quickly。
9．句意：如果你在有大象的地方，不要穿颜色鲜艳的衣服。助动词don’t后用动词原形，故填wear。
10．句意：这样的衣服会让大象生气。make...+adj“使……”，故填angry。
（2023·山东济南·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Last March I lost my camera while I was on a school trip. I left it on the bus on the way back to 11
(we) school. I called the bus company the next day 12 (check) if they could find it, but it wasn’t there.
My parents got really angry and told me they couldn’t buy me a new one.
I 13 (know) they were right, so I decided I would get one by myself. I started thinking of ways to
make and save money. My parents 14 (usual) give me £8 every week, so the first thing I did was to keep
the money 15 the small box on the bookcase.
I also offered to help my uncle Alan. He’s often away for work, but he can’t 16 (take) his dog with
him. I started to look after his dog when he wasn’t at home. After some time, my uncle’s neighbors saw me. They
asked me if I could help with their cats, dogs and rabbits, too. So, I started working for three 17 (family)
living across the street.
In less than three months I had enough money to buy a new camera. It was the same as the one I had lost, but
to me it was much 18 (nice). I paid for it with 19 money I made and it felt very different. This
experience teaches me what it means to work hard and I 20 (learn) that you must be careful with the
things you have, because they take a lot of hard work.
63关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
【答案】
11．our 12．to check 13．knew 14．usually 15．in
16．take 17．families 18．nicer 19．the 20．have learned/have learnt/learn
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，作者讲述自己赚钱购买新相机的经历。
11．句意：我把它落在回学校的公交车上了。此处作定语修饰“school”，所以用形容词性物主代词，故填
our。
12．句意：第二天，我打电话给公共汽车公司，问他们是否能找到它，但它不在那里。此处在句中表示目
的，用动词不定式形式，故填to check。
13．句意：我知道他们是对的，所以我决定自己买一个。本句时态是一般过去时，所以动词用过去式。故
填knew。
14．句意：我的父母通常每周给我8英镑，所以我做的第一件事就是把钱放在书架上的小盒子里。此处在
句中修饰动词，用副词usually，故填usually。
15．句意：我的父母通常每周给我8英镑，所以我做的第一件事就是把钱放在书架上的小盒子里。in the
box“在盒子里”，故填in。
16．句意：他经常出差，但他不能带着他的狗。情态动词“can’t”后用动词原形，故填take。
17．句意：于是，我开始为住在街对面的三户人家打工。three修饰可数名词复数，故填families。
18．句意：它和我失去的那个一模一样，但对我来说要好得多。much修饰比较级，强调比较含义，故填
nicer。
19．句意：我用自己赚的钱买了它，感觉很不一样。此处特指自己赚的钱，故填the。
20．句意：这段经历教会了我努力工作的意义，我学会了你必须小心对待你拥有的东西，因为它们需要付
出很多努力。根据“This experience teaches me what it means to work hard and I...that you must be careful with
the things you have”可知，本句可用现在完成时强调动作已经发生，或用一般现在时强调现在，主语是I，
助动词是have，动词用原形。故填have learned/have learnt/learn。
（2023·山东东营·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空 (必要时可加情态动词或助动词)。
“Alex! Jen! It’s time for dinner!” Mom called.
“Mom! We 21 (make) a treehouse! Wait a minute!” Alex shouted.
At dinner, Dad said, “We have something to tell you. Our neighbor, Mr Morris, came to our house 22
(talk) to us today. He wants us to cut down our tree because the leaves fall into his yard. Then he has to clean
them.”
“No! That’s our favorite tree. I 23 (love) it ever since I was just a little baby!” Jen cried.
64关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
“Yeah, and the tree is old and beautiful. It helps keep our air clean. It also 24 (give) us shade (树荫)
from the sun,” Alex said.
Everybody had special memories of the tree. They all shared their favorite ones.
“One of my favorite memories is how excited you were when the leaves began to fall,” said Mom. “We 25
(jump) into the huge piles (堆) of colorful leaves every autumn,” said Alex. Jen nodded.
“I remember the time we had a picnic for the whole neighborhood,” said Dad. “It was so nice.”
“It’s brought us all so many great memories. Something must be done.” Mom said.
“Yes,” said Jen. “We 26 (save) our tree!”
After dinner the whole family discussed what to do.
“I have a good idea!” said Alex. “I can make a chart showing him when leaves fall. And we can promise him
that we 27 (help) clean the leaves in the future!”
Everyone agreed. The next day, the whole family went to visit Mr Morris. At that time, he 28
(clean) the yard.
“Mr Morris, this tree is very special to our family. If we offer to help clean its leaves, would you consider
29 (keep) it?” Dad said.
Alex handed Mr Morris his chart. Mr Morris was quiet for a moment. Then he said, “I guess if the tree is that
important to you all, and I can get some help with cleaning, the tree can stay.”
The tree 30 (save)! Everyone in the neighborhood, even Mr Morris, came to celebrate.
【答案】
21．are making 22．to talk 23．have loved 24．gives 25．jumped
26．must save 27．will help 28．was cleaning 29．keeping 30．was saved
【导语】本文主要讲述了邻居来抱怨作者家里的大树上的落叶让邻居很苦恼，所以建议要砍掉这棵大树。
家人们在回忆了这棵大树带来的好处之后，决定要保留这棵大树。于是去跟邻居商量，帮忙打扫他家院子
里的落叶，最终邻居同意了。
21．句意：我们正在做一个树屋。根据“Wait a minute”可知，正在做树屋，所以说等一会，用现在进行时
表示正在进行的动作，主语we是复数形式，助动词用are，故填are making。
22．句意：我们的邻居莫里斯先生今天来我们家和我们谈话。根据“came to our house… to us”可知，来家
里的目的是谈话，所以用动词不定式作目的状语，故填to talk。
23．句意：从我还是个小婴儿的时候我就喜欢它了！该句是“since+一般过去时”的从句，主句用现在完
成时结构“have/has done”，主语I是第一人称，助动词用have，故填have loved。
65关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
24．句意：它也给我们遮阳。根据前一句的“helps”可知，此句用一般现在时，主语It是第三人称单数形
式，动词用三单，故填gives。
25．句意：每年秋天，我们都会跳进一大堆五颜六色的树叶中。根据“were”以及“began”可知，此句是一
般过去时，动词用过去式，故填jumped。
26．句意：我们必须要保留我们的树！根据前文的描述可知，家里的每一位成员都发表了这棵大树给自己
留下的美好的回忆，所以这里是说必须要把这棵树保留下来，must“必须”，后接动词原形，故填must
save。
27．句意：我们可以向他保证，以后我们会帮助清理树叶！根据“in the future”可知，此处用一般将来时
will do的结构，故填will help。
28．句意：那时，他正在打扫院子。根据“At that time”可知，此处用过去进行时“was/were doing”的结构，
主语he是第三人称单数形式，助动词用was，故填was cleaning。
29．句意：如果我们愿意帮忙清理它的叶子，你会考虑留下它吗？consider doing sth“考虑做某事”，动名
词作宾语，故填keeping。
30．句意：这棵树被保留下来了！主语“The tree”与动词save之间是被动关系，结合后一句“came”可知，
此处用一般过去时被动语态“was/were done”，主语是单数形式，助动词用was，故填was saved。
（2023·江苏徐州·中考真题）
用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
Frederic Chopin （1810-1849）was a great composer and an excellent pianist. He composed twenty-four
short 31 (piece) for the piano called preludes. The longest one, Prelude no.15, is better 32
(know) by its nickname, the “Raindrop” Prelude. How did it get its nickname?
One day in 1838, when Chopin’s lover George Sand went out in a rainstorm, Chopin became worried. While
he 33 (wait) for Sand, he wrote Prelude no.15.
When Sand came back, Chopin played 34 (she) the music. Sand thought the notes sounded like
raindrops. She let Chopin 35 (listen) to the raindrops falling on the roof. This made Chopin 36
(happy). He insisted that he never paid attention to those sounds or 37 (copy) them.
However, like Sand, many people hear raindrops in this prelude. Some notes repeating throughout the piece
66关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
sound like raindrops. The flow of the music is like rain, too. The piece starts 38 (soft), but it gets louder,
like rain getting 39 (heavy). Then the music gets quiet and finally 40 (end), like rain when it
stops.
【答案】
31．pieces 32．known 33．was waiting 34．her 35．listen
36．unhappy 37．copied 38．softly 39．heavier 40．ends
【导语】本文介绍了肖邦创作《雨滴前奏曲》的经历及《雨滴前奏曲》的特点。
31．句意：他为钢琴创作了二十四首名为前奏曲的短曲。piece“一首”，可数名词，被twenty-four修饰，
用其复数形式。故填pieces。
32．句意：最长的一首，《第15号前奏曲》，更为人所知的是它的昵称，《“雨滴”前奏曲》。know“知
道”，动词，此处指它的昵称被人们所知道，应为被动语态，结构是be done，know用其过去分词。故填
known。
33．句意：在等待Sand的时候，他写了《第十五号前奏曲》。wait“等待”，动词。此处是含while引导的
时间状语从句的复合句，主句动作发生时，从句动作正在进行，且事情发生在过去，故从句应为过去进行
时，主语是第三人称单数，应用be动词was。故填was waiting。
34．句意：Sand回来后，肖邦为她演奏了乐曲。she“她”，代词主格。played是动词，其后应接代词宾格
her作宾语。故填her。
35．句意：她让肖邦倾听雨点落在屋顶上的声音。listen“听”，动词。let sb. do sth.“让某人做某事”，空格
处应为动词原形。故填listen。
36．句意：这让肖邦很不高兴。happy“开心的”，形容词。根据“He insisted that he never paid attention to
those sounds…”可知，肖邦的钢琴曲与雨滴声极为相似，肖邦以为Sand认为自己的曲子模仿了雨滴声，所
以很不高兴。unhappy“不高兴的”，作宾补。故填unhappy。
37．句意：他坚持说他从来没有注意过这些声音，也没有模仿过它们。copy“模仿”，动词。根据“He
insisted that he never paid attention to…”可知，主句是过去时，从句也应为过去时，故copy用其过去式。故
填copied。
38．句意：乐曲开始时很轻柔，但声音越来越大，就像雨越来越大。soft“柔软的”，形容词。此处应用副
词softly，修饰动词starts。故填softly。
39．句意：乐曲开始时很轻柔，但声音越来越大，就像雨越来越大。heavy“重的”，形容词，作表语。根
据“but it gets louder, like rain getting…”可知，钢琴曲的声音变大，就像雨声越来越大一样，故应用比较级。
故填heavier。
67关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
40．句意：然后音乐安静下来，最后结束了，就像雨停了一样。end“结束”，动词。此处描述客观事实，
应为一般现在时，主语是不可数名词，谓语动词用其单三形式。故填ends。
（2023·湖北恩施·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式（不超过3词）。
The Duanwu Festival is also called the Dragon Boat Festival. It is a traditional holiday with a history of more
than 2,000 years in China. It is on the 41 (five) day of lunar May every year.
There are many 42 (story) about the origin (起源) of this festival. Among them, the following one
about Qu Yuan is the most 43 (wide) accepted.
Qu Yuan was 44 great poet and good official. He loved his country deeply. He 45 (jump)
into Miluo River after his country’s being defeated. People threw a kind of food named zongzi into the river to feed
the fish in order that they wouldn’t eat Qu’s body.
Now on the Dragon Boat Festival, Chinese people enjoy a one-day holiday 46 (remember) Qu
Yuan. People have different activities, including 47 (eat) zongzi and having dragon boat races and so on.
The dragon boat races are the most 48 (excite) part of the festival. All the teams practice so hard 49
they can become the winners.
Many western countries 50 (hold) dragon boat races every year, like Sweden, Canada and the
USA．The Duanwu Festival is becoming more and more popular around the world.
【答案】
41．fifth 42．stories 43．widely 44．a 45．jumped
46．to remember 47．eating 48．exciting 49．that 50．hold
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了端午节的由来及传统习俗。
41．句意：它在每年的农历五月初五。five“五”，基数词，此处表日期，应用其序数词fifth。故填fifth。
42．句意：关于这个节日的起源有很多故事。story“故事”，可数名词，被many修饰，用其复数形式。故
填stories。
43．句意：其中，以下关于屈原的说法是最被广泛接受的。wide“宽的”，形容词，此处应用其副词
widely“广泛地”，修饰动词accept。故填widely。
44．句意：屈原是一位伟大的诗人和优秀的官员。此处泛指一位伟大的诗人，且great以辅音音素开头，
68关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
其前应加不定冠词a。故填a。
45．句意：他的国家战败后，他跳进汨罗江。jump“跳”，动词。事情发生在过去，应为一般过去时，谓
语动词用其过去式。故填jumped。
46．句意：现在端午节，中国人享受一天的假期来纪念屈原。remember“记得”，动词。人们端午节放一
天假的目的是为了纪念屈原，应用不定式表目的。故填to remember。
47．句意：人们有不同的活动，包括吃粽子和赛龙舟等等。eat“吃”，动词。including是介词，其后应用
动名词作宾语。故填eating。
48．句意：赛龙舟是这个节日中最令人兴奋的部分。excite“使兴奋”，动词。此处修饰龙舟赛，应用形容
词exciting“令人兴奋的”作表语。故填exciting。
49．句意：所有的球队都努力训练，他们可以成为胜利者。本句是句式so…that…，意为“如此……以至
于……”。故填that。
50．句意：许多西方国家每年都举办龙舟赛，如瑞典、加拿大和美国。hold“举办”，动词。根据“every
year”可知，本句是一般现在时，主语是复数，谓语动词用其原形。故填hold。
（2023·江苏宿迁·统考中考真题）
根据短文内容，用括号内所给词的正确时态或形式填空，使短文完整。
Deng Qingming is one of the three Chinese astronauts carrying out China’s Shenzhou-15 spaceship mission.
He 51 (final) got the chance to go to space after nearly 25 years of preparation.
Deng was born in a village in Jiangxi Province in 1966. As his 52 (parent) both worked in the fields,
he had to look after his younger brothers and sisters. At that time, his dream was to go to college and find a job
53 (support) his family.
Deng 54 (be) a member of the PLA Air Force (空军) since 1984. When he left his village that year,
his friends came to say goodbye to him. He was deeply touched and decided to work hard. Years of hard 55
(train) made him an excellent pilot, and he was chosen as one of the 56 (one) group of Chinese
astronauts in 1998.
For a long time, Deng served as a backup (后备) astronaut. His road to space was 57 (long) than
that of his teammates. He spent almost all of his time preparing and waiting and he 58 (give) the chance
to travel to space in the end.
Besides that, Deng’s wife supported him a lot. She 59 (take) care of the whole family and never
complained. “You’ve set an example to 60 (we) daughter and we are proud of you,” she told him.
After a long wait, he flew into space by Shenzhou-15 spaceship in November 2022 at last. Twenty-five years
was quite a long time, but Deng never gave up. Whenever the nation needs him, he is always waiting there, ready
69关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
to take on any challenge.
【答案】
51．finally 52．parents 53．to support 54．has been 55．training
56．first 57．longer 58．was given 59．took 60．our
【导语】句意：本文主要介绍了宇航员邓清明的经历。
51．句意：经过近25年的准备，他终于有机会进入太空。此处用副词修饰动词，final的副词形式finally，
意为“最终”。故填finally。
52．句意：由于他的父母都在地里干活，他不得不照顾弟弟妹妹。根据“both”可知此处用复数形式
parents。故填parents。
53．句意：那时，他的梦想是上大学，找份工作养家。养家是找工作的目的，用动词不定式作目的状语。
故填to support。
54．句意：邓自1984年以来一直是中国人民解放军空军的一员。根据“since 1984”可知用现在完成时，区
域“Deng”后接助动词has，be的过去分词形式been。故填has been。
55．句意：多年的艰苦训练使他成为一名优秀的飞行员，并于1998年被选为中国首批宇航员之一。hard是
形容词，其后接名词，train的名词形式training，意为“训练”，不可数名词。故填training。
56．句意：多年的艰苦训练使他成为一名优秀的飞行员，并于1998年被选为中国首批宇航员之一。定冠
词the后接one的序数词形式first，意为“第一”。故填first。
57．句意：他的太空之路比他的队友要长。than前用形容词比较级longer表示“更长的”。故填longer。
58．句意：他几乎把所有的时间都花在准备和等待上，最终他得到了去太空旅行的机会。主语“he”与动
词give之间是动宾关系，结合“spent”可知用一般过去时的被动语态，其结构为was/were done，主语he后
用be动词was，give的过去分词given。故填was given。
59．句意：她照顾全家，从不抱怨。根据“complained”可知用一般过去时，take的过去式took。故填
took。
60．句意：“你为我们的女儿树立了榜样，我们为你感到骄傲，”她告诉他。daughter前用we的形容词性
物主代词our表示“我们的”。故填our。
（2023·浙江衢州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面材料，按照句子结构的语法情况和上下文连贯的要求，在空白处填入适当的词或用括号中所给单
词的正确形式填空。每空不超过两词。
Mr. Smith is our school gardener. He is 61 old man with a head of white hair. He works hard 62
(make) our school green and lively. No matter in the winter cold or in the summer heat, he is never late 63
70关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
work. He goes to work early in the morning and only leaves in the evening.
Every day, he 64 (wear) a grey hat and a pair of blue trousers. He cleans the leaves in the garden
three 65 (time) a day. He also plants trees and waters flowers. When he is working, he is very serious. He
even gets angry when we try to talk to 66 (he). He is always quiet during his working time.
67 , he becomes a different person after finishing all the work. He will talk to us about his family and
friends 68 (happy). He always puts a smile on our faces, just like our dear grandfather.
Mr. Smith makes our school 69 (beautiful) than before and we are glad to have such a school
gardener. He 70 (love) by everyone in our school.
【答案】
61．an 62．to make 63．for 64．wears 65．times
66．him 67．However 68．happily 69．more beautiful 70．is loved
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者学校的园丁——史密斯先生。
61．句意：他是个白发苍苍的老人。此处表示泛指，且old是以元音音素开头的，故填an。
62．句意：他努力工作，使我们的学校绿色和生气勃勃。“努力工作”的目的是为了“让学校变得好看”，
所以用动词不定式作目的状语，故填to make。
63．句意：无论冬天寒冷还是夏天炎热，他上班从不迟到。be late for“迟到”，固定搭配，故填for。
64．句意：每天，他戴着一顶灰色的帽子和穿着一条蓝色的裤子。根据“Every day”可知，此句是一般现
在时，主语he是第三人称单数形式，动词用三单，故填wears。
65．句意：他一天三次清理花园里的树叶。three times a day“一天三次”，表示频率，故填times。
66．句意：当我们试图和他说话时，他甚至会生气。介词to后接宾格him，故填him。
67．句意：然而，在完成所有的工作后，他变成了一个不同的人。“he becomes a different person after
finishing all the work”与前文是转折关系，此空后有逗号，应填副词however表示“然而”，故填
However。
68．句意：他会愉快地和我们谈论他的家人和朋友。此空修饰动词talk，应填副词happily“开心地”，故填
happily。
69．句意：史密斯先生使我们的学校比以前更美丽，我们很高兴有这样的学校园丁。make sth+形容词，表
示“使某物……”，根据than可知，此空应填形容词比较级，故填more beautiful。
70．句意：他受到我们学校每个人的喜爱。根据by everyone可知，此处用被动语态，陈述事实用一般现在
时，故此处应用一般现在时被动语态，主语he是第三人称单数形式，助动词用is，故填is loved。
（2023·吉林长春·统考中考真题）
71关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Zhang Yi is a Chinese reporter in Singapore. In 2022, a woman with grey hair living nearby visited him. The
woman introduced 71 (she) as Sarah. She asked if Zhang could help look for her pen pal 72
was from China.
Duan Chun was Sarah’s first Chinese pen pal. They wrote a lot of letters and shared the colorful school lives
sixty-one years ago. All the letters 73 (keep) by Sarah. They were full 74 her sweet
memories. However, Sarah hadn’t received any letters from Duan for many years. It seemed impossible to find a
person after such a long time, 75 Zhang promised to do his best. He posted some of Duan’s black-and-
white 76 (photo) and their stories on the Internet. To his joy, many 77 (love) strangers joined
him in searching for Duan. Although they went through lots of trouble, they never stopped trying. A few months
78 (late), the two pen pals finally began to communicate with each other again. They were so excited that they
decided 79 (meet) in China. Sarah prepared a gift for Duan to celebrate her 80 (seventy-five)
birthday.
It was with the help of so many caring people and high technology that the cross-country friendship was able
to continue.
【答案】
71．herself 72．who 73．were kept 74．of 75．but
76．photos 77．lovely 78．later 79．to meet 80．seventy-fifth/75th
【导语】本文主要讲莎拉让记者张怡帮忙寻找失联多年的笔友段春的故事。
71．句意：那个女人自我介绍叫莎拉。introduce oneself as“自我介绍叫”，she的反身代词herself，意为
“她自己”。故填herself。
72．句意：她问张是否可以帮她寻找来自中国的笔友。根据“her pen pal ... was from China”可知此处是定
语从句，先行词her pen pal指人，且在从句中作主语，用who引导定语从句。故填who。
73．句意：所有的信都由莎拉保存着。主语“All the letters”与keep之间是动宾关系，陈述过去事实，用一
般过去时的被动语态，主语是复数，be动词用were，keep的过去分词kept。故填were kept。
74．句意：它们充满了她甜蜜的回忆。be full of“充满”。故填of。
75．句意：经过这么长时间，似乎不可能找到一个人，但张答应尽力而为。前后句意出现转折，用but表
转折。故填but。
76．句意：他在网上发布了段的一些黑白照片和他们的故事。根据“some of”可知此处用可数名词复数
photos。故填photos。
72关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
77．句意：令他高兴的是，许多可爱的陌生人和他一起寻找段。根据“strangers”可知用love的形容词
lovely表示“可爱的”，形容词作定语。故填lovely。
78．句意：几个月后，这两个笔友终于又开始联系了。a few months later“几个月后”。故填later。
79．句意：她们非常兴奋，决定在中国见面。decide to do sth.“决定做某事”。故填to meet。
80．句意：莎拉为段准备了一份礼物来庆祝她75岁的生日。根据“her ... birthday”可知用序数词表顺序，
seventy-five的序数词seventy-fifth或75th。故填seventy-fifth/75th。
（2023·山东潍坊·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词。
“I suddenly understood,” Valeria said, “why Mario wanted to buy the farm. He and Pagani were busy 81
(work) together during this period, I’m sure. They must have burned the farm down, Roberto. They could have
killed you!”
“I can’t believe it,” Roberto said. “My own uncle wouldn’t do that. It’s 82 (possible).”
“But it must be true, Roberto,” Valeria said. “It’s the only explanation.”
In the evening, Inspector (警官) Pavone telephoned and asked to speak to Roberto. “So far your uncle 83
(tell) us everything. He burned your farm down to make you 84 (sell) it. Pagani knew that land prices
would go up when a big company moved to the town. Then he and your uncle made a project 85 (build)
shops and houses on your land so that they could sell them for a profit. They would have become terribly wealthy!”
Roberto could not speak. His own uncle had lied to him and almost killed him.
“Your uncle and Pagani are both criminals (罪犯),” the inspector said. “Your uncle is a foolish and greedy
man. He got himself into some 86 (danger) business. They must pay for their 87 (act).”
Roberto held the telephone 88 (quiet) with eyes full of tears.
The inspector was right. Mario and Pagani 89 (put) into prison soon. Roberto did not feel happy,
sad or angry about them. He was too 90 (disappoint) to feel anything.
Some months passed. Roberto began to think about the future.
73关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
【答案】
81．working 82．impossible 83．has told 84．sell 85．to build
86．dangerous 87．action/actions 88．quietly 89．were put 90．disappointed
【导语】本文主要讲述了Roberto无法相信自己的叔叔为了赚钱而把Roberto的农场烧了，他的叔叔和朋友
因此被关进了监狱，Roberto感到非常失望。
81．句意：我敢肯定，这段时间他和帕加尼在一起很忙。be busy doing sth“忙于做某事”，动名词作宾语，
故填working。
82．句意：那是不可能的。is后接形容词作表语，根据“I can’t believe it”及“My own uncle wouldn’t do
that”可知，认为无法相信发生这样的事情，认为这是不可能的，故填impossible。
83．句意：到目前为止，你叔叔什么都告诉我们了。根据So far可知，此处用现在完成时，主语是单数形
式，助动词用has，故填has told。
84．句意：他烧了你的农场，要你把它卖掉。make sb do sth“使某人做某事”，此空应填动词原形，故填
sell。
85．句意：然后他和你叔叔做了一个计划，在你的土地上建造商店和房子，这样他们就可以卖掉它们来赚
钱。根据“made a project…shops and houses on your land”可知，此空应填动词不定式作定语修饰名词
project，故填to build。
86．句意：他做了一件危险的事。此空修饰名词business，应填形容词dangerous“危险的”，故填
dangerous。
87．句意：他们必须为自己的行为付出代价。action“行为”，此空可以填单数形式，也可以填复数形式，
故填action(s)。
88．句意：罗伯托默默地拿着电话，眼里噙满了泪水。此空修饰动词held，应填副词quietly“静静地”，故
填quietly。
89．句意：马里奥和帕加尼很快就被关进了监狱。主语与动词put之间是被动关系，and连接并列主语看作
复数形式，描述过去发生的事情，助动词用were，故填were put。
90．句意：他太失望了，什么也感觉不到。was后接形容词作表语，修饰人用以ed为结尾的形容词，故填
disappointed。
（2023·湖南常德·统考中考真题）
One evening, a clever man, Haojia went to get some water. To his surprise, 91 he looked into the
well, he found the moon in it. “Oh, my god! The beautiful moon 92 (drop) into the well!” He quickly put
his bucket (水桶) into the well to fish for the moon.
After some time, Haojia was pleased 93 (find) that the moon was in the bucket. He began to pull.
74关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
He pulled so hard that the rope on the bucket 94 (break) and he fell on his back. Facing the sky, Haojia
saw the moon again high there. “Aha, 95 finally came back to the sky! What a good job!” He felt very
happy and told everyone about the wonderment proudly.
【答案】91．when 92．has dropped 93．to find 94．broke 95．it
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了一个“聪明人”用木桶捞井里的“月亮”的故事。
91．句意：令他惊讶的是，当他往井里看的时候，他发现了里面的月亮。根据“…he looked into the well,
he found the moon in it”可知，当他往井里看时，发现井里的月亮，故用when“当……时”引导时间状语从
句。故填when。
92．句意：美丽的月亮掉到井里了！drop“掉”，动词。分析句子可知，月亮已经掉到井里了，所以他会发
现月亮在井里，过去的动作对现在产生了影响，应为现在完成时，主语moon是第三人称单数，故用助动
词has。故填has dropped。
93．句意：过了一段时间，郝佳很高兴地发现月亮在桶里。find“发现”，动词。be pleased to do sth.“高兴
做某事”，故用动词不定式。故填to find。
94．句意：他用力拉得水桶上的绳子都断了，他仰面摔倒了。break“打破，断裂”，动词。根据“fell”可
知，此处是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填broke。
95．句意：啊哈，它终于回到了天空！此处指井里的月亮又回到了空中，故用人称代词it指代moon。故
填it。
（2023·四川德阳·统考中考真题）
Zhang Peng is a ten-year-old boy. He has a brother and a sister. They often fight with each other for many
96 (reason). Those fights influence his daily life. However, he doesn’t know 97 to do. Li Yong is
Zhang Peng’s friend. He has two brothers and they never fight. They always have smiles on 98 (they) faces.
One day Zhang Peng asked Li Yong why he and his brothers could get on well with each other. Li Yong
smiled and 99 (invite) Zhang Peng to his home. As they entered the house, Li Yong’s elder brother saw
them and said, “Hi, come and share some ice-cream 100 me.” At the same time, Li Yong’s 101
(young) brother came out of his room. When he saw them, he looked very happy and said 102 (excited),
“Hi, Li Yong, I have a story 103 (tell) you. It’s interesting!”
How happy Li Yong’s family life is! After 104 (think) for a while, Zhang Peng understands that Li
Yong’s secret of having 105 good relationship with his family is to share. They share all their food and
stories.
75关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
【答案】
96．reasons 97．what 98．their 99．invited 100．with
101．younger 102．excitedly 103．to tell 104．thinking 105．a
【导语】本文讲述了张鹏和兄弟姐妹之间的关系不好，但是他的朋友李勇和兄弟之间的关系很好，张鹏去
了李勇家做客，明白了李勇和兄弟之间相处得好的秘诀是——分享。
96．句意：由于许多原因，他们经常互相打架。many后接复数名词，故填reasons。
97．句意：但是，他不知道该怎么办。根据“Those fights influence his daily life. However, he doesn’t
know...to do.”可知，他不知道该怎么办，此处是“疑问词+不定式”的结构，空处作do的宾语，应用
what，故填what。
98．句意：他们脸上总是挂着微笑。根据“They always have smiles on...faces.”可知，空处修饰其后的名词，
应用形容词性物主代词，故填their。
99．句意：李勇微笑着邀请张鹏到家里做客。and连接的两部分形式要保持一致，结合“smiled”可知，此
处的动词也用过去式，故填invited。
100．句意：嗨，来和我一起吃冰淇淋。根据“come and share some ice-cream...me.”可知，此处是短语share
sth with sb“和某人分享某物”，故填with。
101．句意：与此同时，李勇弟弟从他的房间里出来了。根据“He has two brothers”可知，此处指的是“弟
弟”，英语表达为younger brother，故填younger。
102．句意：当他看到他们时，他看起来很高兴，兴奋地说：“嗨，李勇，我有一个故事要告诉你。很有
趣！”空处修饰动词，应用副词形式，故填excitedly。
103．句意：我有一个故事要告诉你。空处作定语，应用不定式形式，故填to tell。
104．句意：想了想，张鹏明白了李咏和家人搞好关系的秘诀就是分享。after是介词，后接动名词doing形
式，故填thinking。
105．句意：张鹏明白了李勇和家人搞好关系的秘诀就是分享。此处表示泛指“一段良好的关系”，应用
不定冠词修饰，good是辅音音素开头的单词，应用a修饰，故填a。
（2023·辽宁沈阳·统考中考真题）
阅读短文，然后用短文括号中所给词的适当形式填空。
76关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
In China, people often talk about “Shuxiang”, especially during the Spring Festival. Images (形象) of the 12
Chinese “Shuxiang” animals are fun for everyone. The rabbit is in the 106 (four) place.
The rabbit is a symbol (象征) of kindness and a love of beauty in Chinese culture. People born in the Year of
Rabbit are usually 107 (peace) and quick-minded. Although they are sometimes shy, they have a strong
mind and will try their best 108 (make) their dreams come true. It is said that rabbit people are much
109 (wise) than other people and love taking part in artistic activities.
2023 is a “rabbit year”. Rabbits become more popular. You can see 110 (they) across the world. As
a cultural image, the rabbit has been in different forms of art, including 111 (stamp), colourful lights and
so on. Through the rabbit, people from other countries can get a closer look into Chinese culture. In January, 2023,
an exhibition (展览) about rabbits 112 (hold) in the US.
【答案】
106．fourth 107．peaceful 108．to make
109．wiser 110．them 111．stamps 112．was held
【导语】本文主要讲述了兔子在中国文化中的含义。
106．句意：兔子在第四名。根据the可知，此空应填序数词表示顺序，故填fourth。
107．句意：兔年出生的人通常都很平和，思维敏捷。此空与quick-minded构成并列关系，所以此空应填
形容词peaceful“平和的”，故填peaceful。
108．句意：虽然他们有时会害羞，但他们有一个坚强的头脑，会尽他们最大的努力使他们的梦想成真。
try one’s best to do sth“尽某人最大努力去做某事”，此空应填动词不定式，故填to make。
109．句意：据说兔子人比其他人聪明，喜欢参加艺术活动。根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填
wiser。
110．句意：你可以在世界各地看到它们。see是动词，后接人称代词宾格作宾语，them是宾格，故填
them。
111．句意：作为一种文化形象，兔子已经出现在不同的艺术形式中，包括邮票、彩灯等。此空与colourful
77关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
lights构成并列关系，所以此空应填复数形式，故填stamps。
112．句意：2023年1月，美国举办了一个关于兔子的展览。主语an exhibition与动词hold之间是被动关
系，结合“In January, 2023”可知，此处用一般过去时被动语态，主语是单数形式，助动词用was，故填
was held。
（2023·黑龙江大庆·统考中考真题）
Fill in each blank with a proper form of the word given or a proper word.
Nov. 29th, 2022—China’s 113 (tradition) tea-making was added to the intangible cultural heritage list
(非物质文化遗产名录) of the UNESCO.
Tea has 114 history of more than 2000 years in China. In ancient times, people called tea by many
different names. It 115 (say) that the Chinese character “cha” for tea is finally decided by Lu Yu. .
Since the Tang Dynasty (朝代), Chinese tea has left a big influence 116 other countries. After the 18th
century. Chinese tea was 117 (successful) introduced to many countries, such as India and Sri Lanka. Now
a great number of people enjoy 118 (drink) tea. Besides, they are greatly interested in 119 (it)
history and culture.
China is actually the only country 120 can produce all six types of tea—green, yellow, dark, white,
oolong and black. There are more than 2000 tea products. Chinese tea culture 121 (include) the Chinese
way of dealing with the world. In tea, we find peace, art, and 122 (polite). It has been an important part of
Chinese culture.
【答案】
113．traditional 114．a 115．is said 116．on/upon 117．successfully 118．drinking
119．its 120．that 121．includes 122．politeness
【导语】本文主要介绍了茶的悠久历史以及茶文化。
113．句意：2022年11月29日—中国传统泡茶被列入联合国教科文组织非物质文化遗产名录。此空修饰
名词tea-making，应填形容词作定语，traditional“传统的”，故填traditional。
114．句意：茶在中国已有2000多年的历史。have a history of“有……的历史”，固定搭配，故填a。
115．句意：据说，汉字“茶”是鲁豫最后决定的。It is said that“据说”，固定句式，故填is said。
116．句意：自唐朝以来，中国茶就对其他国家产生了很大的影响。leave a big influence on/upon表示
“对……产生了很大的影响”，固定搭配，故填on/upon。
117．句意：中国茶被成功地介绍到许多国家，如印度和斯里兰卡。此空修饰动词introduced，应填副词
successfully“成功地”，故填successfully。
78关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
118．句意：现在很多人喜欢喝茶。enjoy doing sth“喜欢做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填drinking。
119．句意：此外，他们对它的历史和文化很感兴趣。此空修饰名词history和culture，应填形容词性物主
代词its，故填its。
120．句意：中国实际上是唯一一个可以生产所有六种茶的国家——绿茶、黄茶、黑茶、白茶、乌龙茶和
红茶。分析句子结构可知，此处是定语从句，先行词有the only修饰，关系词用that，故填that。
121．句意：中国茶文化包含了中国对待世界的方式。此句是一般现在时，主语是不可数名词，动词用三
单，故填includes。
122．句意：在茶中，我们找到了平静、艺术和礼貌。此空与peace，art构成并列关系，作动词find的宾语，
所以此空应填名词，故填politeness。
（2023·江苏泰州·中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。有提示词的空格不限一词，无提示
词的空格限填一词。
Students at a university in Anhui Province will probably not receive their diplomas (毕业文凭) if they fail a
fitness test. The test has running, standing long jump and some other sports 123 (activity). This rule has
caused hot discussion. According to the plan, the new rule 124 (come) into force soon. And if students fail
to pass the fitness tests, they won’t get their diplomas.
However, it is not a one-time test like gaokao. Students who fail the tests 125 graduation will be given
another chance. He can take the test for a 126 (two) time. And if they fail again, they will have to take the
test even after graduation.
Do you think it is 127 only university doing so? No! If students want to enter Tsinghua University,
they also have to be able to swim. Or they will prepare to learn swimming. And they must pass a swimming test
after school begins.
Tsinghua University will ask the students 128 (learn) swimming and will organize a swimming test for
all new students in September. If students fail to swim as long as at least 50 metres, they will have to take the
swimming course throughout their studies. And of course, students are also reminded to learn and practise
swimming 129 (safe). They will be able to swim by the time they graduate, 130 the university
won’t give them diplomas.
79关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
University students 131 (encourage) to do more exercise after class. But some just stay in the
classroom all day long. Few students take exercise even if they are free. They need to do some exercise to keep
132 (they) healthy. Swimming is also a survival skill. It does no harm to people at all and is the correct sport for
students. Any student who wants to enter Tsinghua University, remember, swimming is your necessary skill.
【答案】
123．activities 124．will come 125．of 126．second 127．the 128．to learn 129．
safely 130．or 131．are encouraged 132．themselves
【导语】本文介绍安徽的一所大学将对学生进行体育测试的规定，如果学生测试不及格，将无法获得毕业
证。
123．句意：考试有跑步、立定跳远等体育活动。some other修饰可数名词复数，故填activities。
124．句意：按照计划，新规定将很快生效。根据“soon”可知，此处使用一般将来时，故填will come。
125．句意：没有通过毕业考试的学生将会得到另一次机会。根据“Students who fail the tests...graduation
will be given another chance.”可知，此处表示毕业测试，所属关系用of，故填of。
126．句意：他可以参加第二次考试。此处作定语修饰time，用序数词形式，故填second。
127．句意：你认为这是唯一一所这样做的大学吗？the only“唯一的”，故填the。
128．句意：清华大学将要求学生学习游泳，并将于9月份为所有新生组织一次游泳测试。ask sb to do
sth“要求某人做某事”，故填to learn。
129．句意：当然，学生们也被提醒要安全地学习和练习游泳。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填
safely。
130．句意：他们毕业的时候会游泳，否则大学不会给他们颁发文凭。根据“They will be able to swim by
the time they graduate, ...the university won’t give them diplomas.”可知，必须学会游泳，否则学校不给毕业证，
or“否则”符合语境，故填or。
131．句意：鼓励大学生在课后多做运动。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，所以用一般现
在时的被动语态。故填are encouraged。
132．句意：他们需要做一些运动来保持健康。本句主语是They，所以是保持“他们自己”的健康，用反
身代词形式，故填themselves。
（2023·贵州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在各题空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
80关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Each year, billions of pounds of garbage end up in the oceans. Sometimes people throw away water 133
(bottle) or other plastic. They do not recycle their garbage. People may not know that wind 134 rain can
move garbage from land to sea. Plastic takes a very long time to break down. It can remain in the oceans 135
hundreds of years. Plastic pieces are very 136 (danger) to sea animals.
One group, Washed Ashore, came up with a new idea 137 (tell) people about the problems in the
oceans. First, they take the garbage from 138 beach. Then, they clean and sort it. 139 (final), they
work with the plastic pieces to make huge works of art. The artwork is mostly of sea creatures (生物).
Washed Ashore has 140 (create) more than seventy of these works of art. Some of 141 (they)
are now traveling in a show all over the world. Each piece shows the effects of trash.
In one show, people learn how plastic fools fish and other sea animals. They think the plastic 142 (be)
food, eat it, and get very sick or even die.
This would not happen if people used less plastic and did not litter. The plastic would not end up in the ocean.
【答案】
133．bottles 134．and 135．for 136．dangerous 137．to tell 138．a 139．Finally
140．created 141．them 142．is
【导语】本文介绍海洋垃圾的问题，呼吁人们少用塑料，不乱扔垃圾。
133．句意：有时人们会扔掉水瓶或其他塑料制品。此处表示复数含义，使用名词复数形式，故填bottles。
134．句意：人们可能不知道，风和雨可以把垃圾从陆地带到海洋。wind和rain构成并列关系，用and连
接，故填and。
135．句意：它可以在海洋中存留数百年。“hundreds of years”是时间段，此处表示持续多长时间，故填
for。
136．句意：塑料碎片对海洋动物非常危险。此处在句中作表语，用形容词形式，故填dangerous。
137．句意：一个名为“冲上岸”的组织提出了一个新想法，向人们讲述海洋中的问题。此处在句中表示
目的，用动词不定式形式，故填to tell。
138．句意：首先，他们从海滩上捡垃圾。此处泛指一个海滩，beach首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
81关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
139．句意：最后，他们用塑料片制作出巨大的艺术品。此处在句中修饰整个句子，用副词finally，句首需
大写首字母。故填Finally。
140．句意：“冲上岸”已经创作了70多件这样的艺术作品。时态是现在完成时，动词用过去分词形式，
故填created。
141．句意：他们中的一些人现在正在世界各地进行展览。介词后用宾格作宾语，故填them。
142．句意：他们认为塑料是食物，吃了它，就会生病甚至死亡。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是不可数
名词，故填is。
（2023·山东日照·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式（每空不多于三个单词）。
When I was 20 years old, I had a big dream in my mind. I wanted 143 （travel）around Africa with
my backpack. So I left my hometown with confidence （信心）and arrived 144 Cape Town, not really
sure what to do next. 145 （lucky）, before my trip started, I met a kind, old Nigerian man. He gave me
the 146 （good） travel advice I had ever received: “Be like a student on your way around the world.”
The advice sounded simple, but 147 really changed my idea about traveling. He helped me realize
that travel is about 148 （learn）cultures. It’s far too easy to go into 149 new country and
believe your ways are better.
“But if you study, ask questions, 150 try to learn from the locals, you will have far richer
experience,” he promised.
After seven 151 （month）of full backpacking in Africa from Cape Town to Cairo, I realized
having a student-like mind helped me learn a lot, which 152 （satisfy）me more than any other trip that
ever did to me.
【答案】
143．to travel 144．in 145．Luckily 146．best 147．it 148．learning 149．a
150．and 151．months 152．satisfied
【导语】本文介绍了作者以一个学生的心态环游非洲的经历。
143．句意：我想背着背包环游非洲。want to do sth“想要做某事”，为固定短语，故填to travel。
144．句意：于是我满怀信心地离开了家乡，来到了开普敦，不知道下一步该做什么。arrive in“到达”，是
固定短语，后加大地点，故填in。
145．句意：幸运的是，在我的旅行开始之前，我遇到了一位善良的尼日利亚老人。lucky是形容词，此处
是修饰整个句子，应用副词形式。故填Luckily。
82关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
146．句意：他给了我最好的旅行建议：“像一个学生一样环游世界。”good“好的”，根据“I had ever
received”可知此处应用形容词最高级，故填best。
147．句意：这个建议听起来很简单，但它确实改变了我对旅行的看法。此空代指advice，是不可数名词，
应用it，故填it。
148．句意：他帮助我认识到旅行是学习文化的。about是介词，后加动名词作宾语，故填learning。
149．句意：进入一个新的国家，很容易就会相信自己的方式更好。此处泛指一个新国家，应用不定冠词，
new以辅音音素开头，应用a，故填a。
150．句意：“但如果你学习，多问问题，并试着向当地人学习，你会有更丰富的经验，”他保证说。前
后是并列关系，应用and连接，故填and。
151．句意：在非洲从开普敦到开罗的七个月的背包旅行中，我意识到有一颗学生的心帮助我学到了很多
东西，这比我以往任何一次旅行都更让我满意。month是可数名词，位于seven后，应用复数名词，故填
months。
152．句意：在非洲从开普敦到开罗的七个月的背包旅行中，我意识到有一颗学生的心帮助我学到了很多
东西，这比我以往任何一次旅行都更让我满意。satisfy“使满意”，动词，根据前后句可知，本句是一般过
去时，动词用过去式，故填satisfied。
（2023·黑龙江牡丹江·统考中考真题）
Fill in the blanks with the grammatical knowledge according to the passage.
Do you know any customs on New Year’s Day in other countries?
In the UK, they have 153 interesting custom. According to the custom, the family will have good luck
in the new year if a tall, dark and handsome man is the 154 (one) person to enter the front door after the
new year arrives. Usually the 155 (visit) carries a piece of coal, a loaf (面包) and a bottle of Whiskey (威
士忌酒). He should not speak to 156 (someone) or be spoken to until he finishes several things. These
things include placing the coal on the fire, putting the loaf on the table, 157 (serve) the drink to the family
head and 158 (final) wishing everyone a “Happy New Year” . He should leave the house through the back
door to complete the tradition perfectly.
159 France, before the arrival of the New Year, the family always get together and drink up all the
liquor (酒) at home. They think that if there is still liquor in the house, there 160 (be) bad luck in the new
year.
And in some 161 (area) in India, people do not celebrate the New Year, but cry. Do you know why? It
is said that they cry 162 time goes quickly and life is so short.
These customs are really interesting, aren’t they?
83关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
【答案】
153．an 154．first 155．visitor 156．anyone 157．serving 158．finally
159．In 160．will be 161．areas 162．because
【导语】本文讲述了其他国家迎新年的习俗。
153．句意：在英国，他们有一个有趣的习俗。根据“interesting custom”可知，此处泛指一个有趣的习俗，
interesting为元音音素开头的单词，用冠词an。故填an。
154．句意：根据习俗，如果一个高大、黝黑、英俊的男人是第一个新年到来后进入前门，这个家庭在新
的一年里会有好运。根据“the…person”可知，此处指第一个人，one对应序数词first“第一个”。故填
first。
155．句意：通常游客会带一块煤、一条面包和一瓶威士忌。根据“carries a piece of coal”和“He”可知，此
处为名词，visitor“游客”，且为单数。故填visitor。
156．句意：在他做完几件事之前，不应该和任何人说话。根据“ He should not speak to …”可知，否定句
用anyone，表示“任何人”。故填anyone。
157．句意：这些事情包括把煤放在火上，把面包放在桌子上，给户主端上饮料，最后祝大家“新年快
乐”。根据“putting the loaf on the table”可知，空格处为动名词短语作主语。故填serving。
158．句意：这些事情包括把煤放在火上，把面包放在桌子上，给户主端上饮料，最后祝大家“新年快
乐”。根据“wishing everyone a…”可知，此处为副词finally作时间状语。故finally。
159．句意：在法国，在新年到来之前，一家人总是聚在一起，把家里所有的酒都喝光。根据“France”可
知，此处表示在法国，较大地点前用in。故填In。
160．句意：他们认为，如果房子里还有酒，那么新的一年就会倒霉。根据“bad luck in the new year”可知，
此处为一般将来时will+动词。故填will be。
161．句意：在印度的一些地区，人们不庆祝新年，而是哭泣。根据“some”可知，空格处为可数名词复数
areas。故填areas。
162．句意：据说他们哭是因为时间过得很快，生命过得很短。根据“It is said that they cry … time goes
quickly and life is so short.”可知，空格前后为前果后因，用because“因为”。故填because。
（2023·四川内江·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Zhang Daqian was born on May 10, 1899, in Neijiang, Sichuan. He was one of the most famous Chinese
163 （artist）of the 20th century.
At a young age, he 164 （encourage）by his family to paint. In 1917, he went to Japan 165
84关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
（learn）painting. Two years later, he went to Shanghai to receive 166 （tradition）painting instruction
from two famous Chinese painters. 167 the help of them, Zhang had the chance to study some ancient
paintings.
Zhang went to the north in the late 1920s. He 168 （begin）to work with a Beijing painter, Pu Xinyu.
Zhang and Pu were so well-known 169 they were honored as “South Zhang and North Pu”. It showed their
high status（地位）in painting.
In 1940, Zhang Daqian went to the caves（窟）of Mogao and Yulin. He and his group worked hard day and
night there. 170 （final）, they studied over 200 paintings. After this experience, his painting skills were
much 171 （good）than before. His painting, created in 1978, was sold at 172 very good price in
2021.
【答案】
163．artists 164．was encouraged 165．to learn 166．traditional 167．With 168．began
169．that 170．Finally 171．better 172．a
【导语】本文主要介绍了著名画家张大千的成名经历。
163．句意：他是20世纪最著名的中国艺术家之一。one of the+形容词最高级+复数名词，表示“最……之
一”。故填artists。
164．句意：在他很小的时候，他的家人就鼓励他画画。根据“by his family”可知，此处用被动语态结构，
主语he是第三人称单数形式，助动词用was，故填was encouraged。
165．句意：1917年，他去日本学习绘画。去日本的目的是为了学习绘画，用动词不定式表目的，故填to
learn。
166．句意：两年后，他到上海接受两位中国著名画家的传统绘画指导。此空修饰名词painting，应填形容
词traditional表示“传统的”，故填traditional。
167．句意：在他们的帮助下，张有机会研究一些古代绘画。with the help of“在……的帮助下”，固定搭配，
故填With。
168．句意：他开始和北京画家溥心畬一起工作。整段用的都是一般过去时，所以此句也用一般过去时，
动词用过去式，故填began。
169．句意：张、溥是如此的知名，他们被誉为“南张北溥”。so…that“如此……以至于”，引导结果状语
从句，故填that。
170．句意：最后，他们研究了200多幅画。此空位于句首，且空格后有逗号隔开，应填副词作状语，故
填Finally。
85关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
171．句意：这次经历后，他的绘画技巧比以前好多了。根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填better。
172．句意：1978年创作的这幅画在2021年以非常好的价格售出。at a good price“以一个非常好的价格”，
故填a。
（2023·山东临沂·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
It was early spring, and there was a light fog(雾) over the trees and fields. I and the other young horses 173
(eat) at the lower end of the field when we heard the cry of dogs far away. The 174 (old) among us lifted
his head to listen. “There are the dogs!” he said, and ran away at once. We followed him to the top 175 the
field.
My mother and another old horse were standing near. “They have found a hare(野兔),” said my mother, “and
if they come this way, we 176 (see) the hunt(打猎).”
Soon the dogs were all running down the field next to ours, making aloud “yo-yo-yo” sound at the top of their
voices. After then came men on horses as fast as they could. Suddenly, the dogs became 177 (silence) and
ran around with their noses to the ground.
“They 178 (lose) the smell of the hare already,” said the old horse. “Perhaps she will run away.”
But the dogs began their “yo-yo-yo” again and came at full speed towards our field. Just then a hare, wild with
fear, ran towards the trees. The dogs jumped over a small river and ran across the field. Six or eight huntsmen(猎
人) jumped their horses over 179 small river, close behind the dogs. Before the hare could get away, the
dogs were upon her with wild cries.
We heard a terrible cry, and that was the end of the hare. She 180 (pick) up by one of the men. She
was covered in blood, but all the huntsmen seemed pleased.
I was 181 surprised that at first I didn’t see what was happening by the river. Later I saw a sad
sight(景象)—two horses were down and the riders were hurt.
My mother said, “I can’t understand why men like this sport so much. They quite often hurt 182 (they)
and good horses.”
【答案】
173．were eating 174．oldest 175．of 176．shall see 177．silent 178．have lost
179．the 180．was picked 181．so 182．themselves
【导语】本文节选自《黑骏马》，讲述了猎人们带狗打猎的故事。
173．句意：我和其他小马正在田野的尽头吃东西，突然听到远处传来狗的叫声。根据“when we heard the
86关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
cry of dogs far away.”可知，此处是when引导的时间状语从句，从句是一般过去时，主句表示过去正在进
行的动作，用过去进行时，主语是复数，be动词用were，故填were eating。
174．句意：我们当中年纪最大的那位抬起头来听。根据“among us”可知，三者以上的比较应用最高级，
故填oldest。
175．句意：我们跟着他来到了田顶。此处是固定搭配the top of“……的顶部”，故填of。
176．句意：如果他们从这边来，我们就能看到狩猎了。if引导的条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，因为
主语是第一人称we，我们可以使用“shall+动词原形”，故填shall see。
177．句意：突然，狗安静了下来，把鼻子贴在地上跑来跑去。became是系动词，后加形容词silent作表语，
故填silent。
178．句意：他们已经闻不到野兔的气味了。根据“already”可知，句子时态是现在完成时，主语是they，
助动词用have，故填have lost。
179．句意：六个或八个猎人跳上他们的马越过小河，紧跟在狗的后面。根据“jumped their horses
over...small river,”可知，是指越过小河，应用定冠词the表示特指，故填the。
180．句意：她被其中一个男人带走了。主语She代指兔子，和动词之间是被动关系，结合前句可知，应
用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是单数，be动词用was，故填was picked。
181．句意：我很惊讶，起初我没有看到河边发生了什么事。此处是“so...that...”结构，意为“如此……以
至于……”，引导结果状语从句，故填so。
182．句意：他们经常伤害自己和好马。句子主语是they，此处宾语和主语人称一致，应用反身代词
themselves，故填themselves。
（2023·山东威海·统考中考真题）
用括号里所给动词的适当形式填空。请将答案填写在答题卡指定位置。
I went to a restaurant for lunch with my Granddad yesterday, and when the starters came, I got out my phone
and began to take some photos of them. My Granddad was very surprised, and he laughed at me. “Food is for
eating!” he said, “And why 183 you _______ (take) photos of it?” Then I was surprised. Didn’t he know
why?
All my friends always take photos of food in restaurants when they go out to eat, and the photos 184
(share) on social media(社交媒体). When we’re deciding which restaurant to go to, we look at photos people post
on social media. Before I go to a restaurant, I also look at photos on social media 185 (see) the food on
the menu. So, when I 186 (arrive) at the restaurant, I know what I want to eat.
Yesterday, my Granddad 187 (choose) mushroom(蘑菇) soup for his starter because he likes soup,
and I ordered fruit salad because it looked delicious in a photo I saw on my phone. Both dishes were very good.
87关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
“Granddad! We 188 (finish) our starters. Now! Look at the menu for the main course (主菜).” He
couldn’t 189 (decide) between a fish dish and a beef dish. “Would you like to see some photos of them?”
I asked. He laughed again. “OK!” he said. I got out my phone again, found the photos and gave him the phone. He
decided the beef because it came with rice and carrots.
After the meal, I asked Granddad, “ 190 you _______ (use) photos on social media to choose your
food next time you eat out?” “Maybe” he sad, “if I’m with one of my grandchildren!”
【答案】183．are/did；taking/take 184．are shared/will be shared 185．to see 186．arrive
187．chose 188．have finished 189．decide 190．Will；use
【导语】本文主要叙述作者和爷爷去餐厅吃饭的故事，作者饭前拍照发社交媒体，爷爷对此不太理解，但
爷孙俩还是按照别人发过的照片挑选了菜品。
183．句意：你为什么要给它拍照？根据语境可知，此处可以是爷爷在问作者正在做的事情，用现在进行
时；另一方面，也可以是作者拍完了照，爷爷问作者刚才为什么拍照，用一般过去时。主语是you，现在
进行时be动词用are；一般过去时里助动词用did，后加动词原形，故填are/did；taking/take。
184．句意：我所有的朋友出去吃饭的时候都会给餐馆里的食物拍照，并把照片分享到社交媒体上。根据
“All my friends always take photos of food in restaurants when they go out to eat,”可知此处的时态可以是一般
现在时，表示经常性的动作。另一方面，可以说是先拍照，然后再分享，可以用一般将来时。主语和动词
share之间是被动关系，应用一般现在时的被动语态：am/is/are done，或一般将来时的被动语态：will be
done。主语是复数，be动词用are。故填are shared/will be shared。
185．句意：在我去餐厅之前，我也会在社交媒体上看照片，看看菜单上的食物。see是动词，此处应用动
词不定式作目的状语，故填to see。
186．句意：所以，当我到达餐厅时，我知道我想吃什么。根据“I know what I want to eat.”可知本句是一
般现在时，主语是I，动词用原形，故填arrive。
187．句意：昨天，我爷爷选了蘑菇汤作为他的开胃菜，因为他喜欢汤。根据“Yesterday”可知句子是一般
过去时，动词用过去式，故填chose。
188．句意：我们已经吃完了开胃菜。根据“Now! Look at the menu for the main course (主菜).”可说明开胃
菜已经吃完了，所以可以看主菜了，应用现在完成时，主语是we，助动词用have，故填have finished。
189．句意：他决定不了是吃鱼还是吃牛肉。decide是动词，空前有情态动词，动词用原形，故填decide。
190．句意：你会用社交媒体上的照片来选择食物吗？根据“next time you eat out?”可知本句是一般将来时：
will do。故填Will；use。
88关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
（2023·湖北鄂州·统考中考真题）
根据下面短文内容，用括号内所给单词的正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
Motuo lies in the south of the Himalayas in Tibet. It 191 (be) known as the “Natural Museum of
Tibet”. It is home to all kinds of mountains, rivers, waterfalls, plants and animals. Its 192 (special)
geographic location (地理位置) makes it a beautiful place. It was one of the 193 (hard) places to reach and
was the last city in China without a highway.
The construction (施工) of the first highway to Motuo 194 (start) in the 1960s. However, it was not
completed until over 50 years later. In 2014, the construction of 195 (its) second highway-the Paimo
Highway started. In October 2022, the construction of the main body of the highway was completed.
They are great engineering projects. In this area, earthquakes and heavy rains happened very 196
(often). There could be falling rocks or even landslides (滑坡). People must build many walls and nets to protect
the two highways. Another 197 (challenge) was the snow. Large amounts of snow sometimes destroyed
rocks and roads. As a result, the construction of the highways to Motuo was stopped several times. 198
(solve) this problem, people built a tunnel (隧道) that goes through the mountain area.
The two highways stand for the Chinese 199 (spirit) of “never giving up”. They are ways to connect
Motuo to the outside world and show how China 200 (care) about people in the far areas.
【答案】
191．is 192．special 193．hardest 194．started 195．its 196．often 197．challenge
198．To solve 199．spirit/spirits 200．cares
【导语】本文是一篇说明文。文章讲述了国家为西藏墨脱建造高速公路的艰辛历程，体现了永不放弃的中
国精神。
191．句意：它被称为“西藏自然博物馆”。描述事实，用一般现在时，主语是It，be动词用is。故填is。
192．句意：它的特殊的地理位置使它成为一个美丽的地方。此处应填形容词作定语，special表示“特殊
的”，故填special。
193．句意：这是最难到达的地方之一，也是中国最后一个没有高速公路的城市。“one of the 形容词最高
级+名词复数”表示“最……的……之一”，hard最高级为hardest。故填hardest。
194．句意：第一条通往墨脱的高速公路始于20世纪60年代。跟“in the 1960s”可知描述过去的事，用一
般过去时。start过去式为started。故填started。
195．句意：2014年，第二条高速公路——派墨高速公路开工建设。此空修饰名词，用形容词性物主代词
its修饰。故填its。
196．句意：在这个地区，地震和大雨经常发生。often表示“经常”，频率副词。故填often。
89关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
197．句意：另一个挑战是雪。根据was可知主语是单数，challenge表示“挑战”。故填challenge。
198．句意：为了解决这个问题，人们修建了一条通向山区的隧道。此处用不定式表目的。故填To solve。
199．句意：这两条高速公路代表了“永不放弃”的中国精神。spirit表示“精神”，此处可以用单数，也
可以用复数，故填spirit/spirits。
200．句意：它们是将墨脱与外部世界联系起来的路，展示了中国对偏远地区人民的关心。根据“They are
ways to connect Motuo to the outside world and show how China ”可知此句时态是一般现在时，主语是
China，谓语动词用三单。故填cares。
（2023·山东济宁·中考真题）
A young man was looking for a new way to spend his free time. He heard about people hiking (徒步) in the
forest parks and decided to try it for himself. One day, 201 he was ready to start, an old man walked up
to him.
“Don’t hike in this park.” 202 old man said. “The paths (道路) are not clear.” But the young man
said, “I 203 already ________ (study) the map of this park many times. I know its paths so well that I
204 (not, get) lost.”
Then the young man walked into the park. After two hours, he wanted to go back. However, he had no idea
where 205 (go) even with the help of his map. The young man didn’t know what he should do. 206
(lucky), a hiker saw him and helped him walk out of the park.
【答案】201．when 202．the 203．have；studied 204．won’t get 205．to go 206．
Luckily
【导语】本文主要讲一个年轻人因为不听老人的劝告而迷路了，一个徒步路行者看到他并帮助他走出了公
园。
201．句意：一天，当他准备出发时，一位老人向他走来。根据“... he was ready to start, an old man walked
up to him.”可推出当他准备出发时有个老人走了过来，when“当……时候”，引导时间状语从句。故填
when。
202．句意：“不要在这个公园里徒步旅行。”老人说。此处特指上文出现过的老人，用定冠词the。故填
the。
203．句意：我已经把这个公园的地图研究过很多次了。根据“already”可知用现在完成时，其结构为
have/has done，主语I后用助动词have，study的过去分词形式studied。故填have；studied。
204．句意：我非常熟悉它的路径，所以我不会迷路。此处表示不会迷路，是对未来的推测，用一般将来
时，其结构为will do，won’t get lost“不会迷路”。故填won’t get。
90关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
205．句意：然而，即使有地图的帮助，他也不知道该去哪里。此处用“疑问词+动词不定式”作宾语，
where to go“去哪里”。故填to go。
206．句意：幸运的是，一个徒步旅行者看见了他，扶他走出了公园。此处用副词修饰整个句子，lucky的
副词形式luckily，意为“幸运地”。故填Luckily。
（2023·山东济宁·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式，必要时可加助动词或情态动词。
Oliver Kent is a thirteen-year-old student, but he doesn’t go to school. His dad is his teacher and 207
(teach) him at home. It is known as homeschooling.
It is popular in Australia, Canada, the USA and many other countries. Can parents home school their 208
(child) in every country in the world? No. Some countries, like Brazil, Greece, Cuba and Turkey, say “no” to
homeschooling. “What about 209 (you) friends? People often ask me that question,” says Oliver. “I have
lots of friends. Most of them go to school and that’s the right thing for them. But my friend Ella is home schooled
by her mum. So we 210 (discuss) things about homeschooling that other people don’t understand.”
【答案】207．teaches 208．children 209．your 210．discuss
【导语】本文主要介绍了在家接受教育。
207．句意：他的爸爸是他的老师，在家教他。teach“教”，根据“His dad is his teacher and...”可知此处是
并列的动作，动词形式一致，故此处用动词单三。故填teaches。
208．句意：世界上每个国家的父母都能在家教育孩子吗？根据“Can parents home school their...”可知此处
指他们的孩子，用名词复数children“孩子”。故填children。
209．句意：你的朋友呢？空格后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词your“你的”。故填your。
210．句意：所以我们讨论其他人不理解的在家上学的事情。discuss“讨论”，本文时态为一般现在时，主
语是we，谓语动词用原形。故填discuss。
（2023·湖南长沙·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Do you know World Letter Writing Day? It falls 211 September 1st every year. It was set up by
Richard Simpkin in 2014. He encouraged people 212 (take) a break from today’s social media (媒体)
and write a letter to someone by hand.
91关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Who should you write to? Think about a friend or relative that lives far away. A parent or best friend would
also love to receive 213 (you) letter.
How do you write a letter? 214 (general) speaking, a letter includes these parts. The date and a
greeting (问候语) such as “Dear…” should be at the top of the letter. A closing such as “Love” or “Yours truly”
needs to follow the body. End it by 215 (sign) it.
Why should you pick up a pen and write a letter? It is a surprise that may make someone’s day. It’s 216
good way to show people that you have been thinking of them. Everyone loves a personal touch. It makes 217
(enjoy) memories (回忆). Some people save 218 (letter) and look at them over the years.
A recent study shows that letter writing 219 (make) the writer happy, too. “Handwriting is your
DNA．It’s your fingerprint that only you can share with others,” said Richard Simpkin.
So, get some paper 220 pick up a pen. Start writing a letter today!
【答案】
211．on 212．to take 213．your 214．Generally 215．signing 216．a 217．enjoyable
218．letters 219．makes 220．and
【导语】本文介绍世界写信日，应该写信给谁，应该怎么写信，写信有什么意义等。
211．句意：它是在每年的9月1日。“September 1st”是具体的时间，用介词on，故填on。
212．句意：他鼓励人们从今天的社交媒体中休息一下，手写一封信给别人。encourage sb to do sth“鼓励某
人做某事”，故填to take。
213．句意：父母或最好的朋友也会很乐意收到你的信。此处在句中作定语修饰letter，用形容词性物主代
词your。故填your。
214．句意：一般来说，一封信包括这些部分。generally enerally“一般来说”，句首需大写首字母。故填
Generally。
215．句意：通过签名来结束它。by是介词，其后加动名词作宾语。故填signing。
216．句意：这是一个很好的方式来告诉人们你一直在想着他们。此处泛指一个方法，good首字母发辅音
92关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
音素，故填a。
217．句意：它带来愉快的回忆。此处作定语修饰memories，用形容词形式。故填enjoyable。
218．句意：有些人把信件保存起来，多年来一直看。根据“them”可知，此处应使用名词复数形式。故填
letters。
219．句意：最近的一项研究表明，写信也会让写信人感到快乐。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是“letter
writing”，动词用三单。故填makes。
220．句意：所以，拿起纸和笔。分析“get some paper...pick up a pen”可知，前后构成并列关系，用and连
接。故填and。
（2023·湖北·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
The children, seeing the house the bird landed on, stopped and looked for some time. It was not a normal
house at all. It was made of bread and candy, and the 221 (window) were made of sugar. The children
222 (sudden) ran to the house and started to eat it.
As they ate, a 223 (woman) voice could be heard from inside the house saying, “Who’s that, eating at
my home?”
The children dropped what they 224 (eat), and were about to run away, but then a very old woman
appeared at the door. “Ah! Children!” she said. “Do not run, come in. There’s much more food inside.” The woman
seemed so kind 225 the children lost all feeling of danger, and went straight to her, and let her take their
hands and lead them into her room.
They 226 (give) all kinds of delicious food and drink, and they were told that they could stay as long
as they wanted, for the woman had another room 227 two clean beds.
As kind as the old lady appeared to be, she was really a terrible witch (女巫), who liked to eat children. Her
house was made of bread and candy, because children liked such things, and so it would be easier for the witch
228 (get) them to stay. She did not eat them right away, for often the children were very thin, and the witch
wished to make them 229 (fat) than before, by giving them a lot of food.
And so, the next morning, she 230 (go) into the room where the children were sleeping. As she looked
down on them in their beds, she said, “Yes. They will make a very delicious dinner.”
【答案】
221．windows 222．suddenly 223．woman’s 224．were eating 225．that 226．were given
227．with 228．to get 229．fatter 230．went
93关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
【导语】本文主要介绍了一个女巫用面包和糖果做成的房子吸引孩子们，因为她实际上是一个可怕的女巫，
喜欢吃孩子。
221．句意：它是用面包和糖果做的，窗户是用糖做的。window“窗户”，是名词，结合were可知，名词
用复数，故填windows。
222．句意：孩子们突然跑到房子里，开始吃它。sudden“突然的”，形容词，此处修饰动词ran，应用副词，
故填suddenly。
223．句意：当他们吃饭的时候，一个女人的声音从屋子里传来：“谁呀，在我家吃东西？”woman是名
词，空后是名词voice，所以应用woman的所有格形式woman’s修饰，故填woman’s。
224．句意：孩子们扔掉了正在吃的东西，正要逃跑，这时一位老妇人出现在门口。eat“吃”，动词，根据
语境可知，孩子把当时正在吃的东西扔掉，应用过去进行时，they作主语，be动词用were，故填were
eating。
225．句意：这个女人看起来很善良，孩子们完全没有危险的感觉，他们径直走到她身边，让她牵着他们
的手，把他们带到她的房间里。此处是so...that“如此……以至于”引导的结果状语从句，故填that。
226．句意：他们得到了各种美味的食物和饮料，并被告知他们可以想住多久就住多久，因为那个女人有
另一个房间，里面有两张干净的床。give“给”，和主语they之间是被动关系，结合后句可知，应用一般过
去时的被动语态。they作主语，be动词用were。故填were given。
227．句意：他们得到了各种美味的食物和饮料，并被告知他们可以想住多久就住多久，因为那个女人有
另一个房间，里面有两张干净的床。根据“another room...two clean beds.”可知，是指房间有两张干净的床，
应用介词with表示“带有”。故填with。
228．句意：她的房子是用面包和糖果做成的，因为孩子们喜欢这样的东西，所以女巫更容易让他们留下
来。此处是it作形式主语，动词不定式作真正主语的结构，故填to get。
229．句意：她没有马上吃掉它们，因为孩子们通常都很瘦，女巫希望给他们很多食物，让他们比以前更
胖。根据“than”可知，应用形容词比较级，故填fatter。
230．句意：于是，第二天早上，她走进孩子们睡觉的房间。根据前后语境可知，时态是一般过去时，动
词用过去式，故填went。
（2023·内蒙古包头·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
94关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
If you live in the cities in England, there will be a great chance that you may meet a fox in real life. Some
animals need special habitats (栖息地) or food. But foxes can live in all kinds of amazingly different 231
(place) such as deserts, mountain s and cities. A city like London can be really busy and 232 (noise), but
it still has quiet corners where foxes can sleep. It also has fox food such as mice and foods dropped by people.
Recently some people in cities have already 233 (see) foxes close at hand, but they never seem
scared. Why is that? They are 234 smart that they can even remember all the safe corners where they can
escape. If a fox thinks it can run to its safe exit 235 (fast) than you can approach (接近), it will probably
just sit down and wait. They won’t waste energy running off unless it really 236 (become) necessary.
However, it’s 237 (usual) better not to feed foxes. But do enjoy 238 (watch ) them. They
are beautiful interesting animals and lots 239 people enjoy them around. After all, seeing foxes is 240
exciting reminder of our connection to nature.
【答案】
231．places 232．noisy 233．seen 234．so 235．faster 236．becomes 237．usually
238．watching 239．of 240．an
【导语】本文主要讲述了如果你住在英国的城市里，你很有可能在现实生活中遇到狐狸，文中介绍了狐狸
的生活环境以及其行为表现等内容。
231．句意：但是狐狸可以生活在各种不同的地方，比如沙漠、山区和城市。different修饰可数名词法术，
所以空处用place的复数形式places，故填places。
232．句意：像伦敦这样的城市可能非常繁忙和嘈杂，但它仍然有安静的角落，狐狸可以在那里睡觉。根
据“can be really busy and....”可知，空处应填形容词作表语，noise的形容词是noisy“嘈杂的”。故填
noisy。
233．句意：最近，城市里的一些人已经看到狐狸近在咫尺，但他们似乎从不害怕。根据“have already”可
知，此处用see的过去分词seen构成现在完成时结构，故填seen。
234．句意：它们非常聪明，甚至能记住所有可以逃跑的安全角落。根据“...smart that they can even
95关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
remember all the safe corners where they can escape. ”可知，此处是so...that...“如此……以至于……”引导的
条件状语从句，故填so。
235．句意：如果一只狐狸认为它跑到安全出口的速度比你接近的速度快，它可能会坐下来等着。根据
than可知，此处用fast的比较级faster，故填faster。
236．句意：除非真的有必要，否则他们不会浪费能量跑掉。本句是unless引导的条件状语从句，主句用
一般将来时，则从句用一般现在时，主语是it，谓语动词用三单形式，故填becomes。
237．句意：然而，通常最好不要喂狐狸。分析句子可知，句中不缺成分，所以空处应用usual的副词形式
usually“通常地”作状语，故填usually。
238．句意：但是一定要喜欢观察它们。enjoy doing sth“喜欢做某事”，所以空处用动名词作宾语，故填
watching。
239．句意：它们是美丽有趣的动物，很多人喜欢它们。lots of“很多”，固定短语，故填of。
240．句意：毕竟，看到狐狸是一个令人兴奋的提醒，提醒我们与自然的联系。根据单数名词reminder可
知，此处表示泛指，且exciting是以元音音素开头，所以用不定冠词an修饰，故填an。
（2023·黑龙江绥化·统考中考真题）
根据短文内容用所给词的适当形式填空.
Hello, I’m Tom. I come from Cuba (古巴), but 241 (recent) I moved to China. I started a new school
life here. It was a big change for me because the school life in China is quite different from that in Cuba.
School in China starts at 8: 00 a.m. and 242 (end) at 4: 50 p.m. The new school is much better than my
old school in Cuba, such as it is 243 (big) and more beautiful than my old one. I thought that I might be lost
in the first week. Luckily my new classmate Zhang Bin is very friendly. He 244 (offer) to show me around
the school when we were available.
In China, we don’t have so much homework 245 (do) every day. If I listen to the teachers carefully, I
can finish my homework quickly. To keep 246 (healthily), our school provides us with sports instruments to
exercise, so we can spend 247 (we) free time playing ping-pong, basketball or running. Sometimes we like
to listen to pop music and watch 248 (movie) at the cinema.
Time flies so quickly and I 249 (be) in the new school for two months. I get many 250
(student) help. I start enjoying my school life here. I am always having so much fun!
【答案】
241．recently 242．ends 243．bigger 244．offered 245．to do 246．healthy
247．our 248．movies 249．have been 250．students’
96关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
【导语】本文主要介绍了来自古巴的汤姆搬到中国后，发现中国的校园生活和古巴的校园生活不一样。
241．句意：我来自古巴，但最近我搬到了中国。此处修饰动词moved用副词recently“最近”。故填
recently。
242．句意：中国的学校早上8点开始上课，下午4点50分结束。and前后动词形式保持一致，故此处动词
用单三形式ends“结束”。故填ends。
243．句意：因为它比我的老学校更大、更漂亮。根据“more beautiful”可知此处用比较级bigger“更大”。
故填bigger。
244．句意：当我们有空的时候，他主动提出带我参观学校。根据“when we were available.”可知句子用一
般过去时，动词用过去式offered“主动提出”。故填offered。
245．句意：在中国，我们没有那么多的家庭作业每天要做。根据“have so much homework...”可知此处用
动词不定式作定语。故填to do。
246．句意：为了保持健康，我们学校为我们提供了运动器材，这样我们就可以把空闲时间用来打乒乓球、
打篮球或跑步。keep healthy“保持健康”。故填healthy。
247．句意：为了保持健康，我们学校为我们提供了运动器材，这样我们就可以把空闲时间用来打乒乓球、
打篮球或跑步。空格后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词our“我们的”。故填our。
248．句意：有时我们喜欢在电影院听流行音乐和看电影。此处表示泛指用名词复数movies“电影”。故填
movies。
249．句意：时间过得太快了，我在新学校已经两个月了。根据“for two months”可知句子用现在完成时，
主语是I，助动词用have。故填have been。
250．句意：我得到了许多学生的帮助。空格后是名词，根据“many”可知此处用名词复数的所有格
students’“学生们的”。故填students’。
（2023·四川乐山·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填写1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
Once upon a time, there was a wise old man who had seven sons. But his sons 251 (are) always
fighting. It made some bad people happy because they wanted to cheat（欺骗）the brothers out of their 252
(father) money.
One day, the father decided to help his sons stop 253 (fight), so he brought them together. He tied
seven chopsticks together, and said, “I will give all of my money to 254 one who can break this bundle
（捆）.”
The seven sons each tried 255 (break) the chopsticks, but it was too hard. They agreed that it was
impossible.
97关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
“Yet, my sons,” said the father, “it’s actually easy to do.”
He untied the chopsticks and broke them one 256 one easily.
“Aha!” said his sons, “It’s easy to do that way. Anyone can do it.”
The father 257 (go) on, “As it is with these chopsticks, so it is with you, my sons. If you stick
together and help each other, you will do well, and nobody can harm you. But if you fight, you will be like these
chopsticks, broken 258 weak.”
The seven sons listened 259 (careful) and promised to stick together. They kept their promise and
faced life’s 260 (difficulty) together, just as their wise father had taught them.
【答案】
251．were 252．father’s 253．fighting 254．the 255．to break 256．by 257．went
258．and 259．carefully 260．difficulties
【导语】本文讲述了一个睿智的父亲用一捆筷子教会七个儿子要团结的故事。
251．句意：但是他的儿子们总是争吵。根据上一句“Once upon a time, there was a wise old man who had
seven sons.”可知，这是在讲述故事，句子应用一般过去时，主语his sons为复数名词，因此应用are的过去
式were。故填were。
252．句意：这让一些坏人很高兴，因为他们想骗取兄弟们的父亲的钱。money为名词，此处应用father的
名词所有格father’s来修饰名词money。故填father’s。
253．句意：有一天，父亲决定帮助他的儿子们停止战斗，于是他把他们召集在一起。根据“stop”可知此
处应用动词短语stop doing sth表示“停止做某事”，动词fight的动名词为fighting。故填fighting。
254．句意：我会把我所有的钱都给那个能折断这捆筷子的人。根据“one who”可知who引导限制性定语
从句，修饰代词one，因此其前应用定冠词the来表特指。故填the。
255．句意：七个儿子都努力去折断筷子，但是太难了。根据“tried”可知此处应用动词短语try to do sth表
示“努力做某事”，动词break的不定式为to break。故填to break。
256．句意：他解开筷子，轻而易举地把它们一根一根地折断。根据“one…one”可知此处应用one by one
来表示“一个接一个地”。故填by。
257．句意：父亲继续说道：“我的儿子们，正如这些筷子一样，你们也是如此。如果你们团结一致，互
相帮助，你们会做得很好，没有人可以伤害你们。但如果你们打架，你们会像这双筷子一样，又碎又
弱。”结合语境，句子应用一般过去时，动词go的过去式为went。故填went。
258．句意：父亲继续说道：“我的儿子们，正如这些筷子一样，你们也是如此。如果你们团结一致，互
相帮助，你们会做得很好，没有人可以伤害你们。但如果你们打架，你们会像这双筷子一样，又碎又
98关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
弱。”根据“broken”和“weak”可知此处应用表示并列关系的连词and来连接两个形容词。故填and。
259．句意：七个儿子认真地听着，并保证会团结一致。listened为动词，此处应用careful的副词carefully
来修饰动词。故填carefully。
260．句意：他们信守诺言，共同面对生活中的困难，正如他们睿智的父亲教导他们的那样。根据“faced
life’s”可知此处应用名词difficult的复数形式difficulties来表示“面对生活中的困难”。故填difficulties。
（2023·湖北孝感·统考中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内单词的正确形式填空。（每空不超过三个单词)
Once there was a king, whose son was badly ill. Only the water from a lake far away could save the prince.
The king promised to pay half of his gold 261 the water.
The news reached a farmer who had two 262 (son) and a daughter. “Let’s look for the water.” said the
two brothers. They traveled a lot, 263 they still didn’t find it. So they brought some water from 264
river nearby. Of course, the prince got 265 (bad) than before. The king became angry and he would kill the
two brothers.
The farmer’s young daughter Tina decided to look for the water by herself. She walked for a long time, and
stopped 266 (have) a rest under a tree. She noticed three birds, tired and hungry. “Birds, take some of my
corn!” she said.
“Thank you! Where are you going?” asked the birds. Tina told 267 (they) the story. “A long and
268 (danger) journey! Maybe you need our help.” said the birds. They offered her a magic(神奇的) leaf.
“Make a wish, and shake the leaf. Your wish will come true.” Tina made a wish to get to the lake 269
(quick). She shook the leaf, and then there she was!
Tina got the magic water and brought it to the king. The prince 270 (save). “Take half of my gold!”
said the king. Tina didn’t want the gold. She only asked the king to free her two brothers. The king agreed.
Finally, Tina and her two brothers went home together.
【答案】
261．for 262．sons 263．but 264．a 265．worse 266．to have 267．them 268．
dangerous 269．quickly 270．was saved
【导语】本文主要讲述了农夫的女儿蒂娜找水救了王子，从而也解救了自己的两个哥哥的故事。
261．句意：国王答应用他一半的金子买水。根据“pay half of his gold ...the water.”可知，此处是短语
pay...for...“为……支付……”，故填for。
262．句意：这个消息传到了一个有两个儿子和一个女儿的农民那里。two后跟名词son的复数形式，故填
99关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
sons。
263．句意：他们跑了很多地方，但还是没找到。“They traveled a lot”和“ they still didn’t find it.”在句意
上是转折关系，所以用but连接，故填but。
264．句意：于是他们从附近的河里打了一些水来。根据“... river ”可知，此处泛指附近的一条河里，且
river首字母发元音音素，所以用不定冠词a，故填a。
265．句意：当然，王子的病情比以前更严重了。由than可知，此处用形容词bad的比较级worse。故填
worse。
266．句意：她走了很长一段时间，然后在一棵树下停下来休息。根据“ stopped ... a rest under a tree”可知，
是停下来去休息，stop to do sth“停下来做某事”，所以空处用动词不定式，故填to have。
267．句意：蒂娜给他们讲了这个故事。空处作told的宾语，所以用they的宾格them，故填them。
268．句意：漫长而危险的旅程！and连接两个并列成分，结合long可知，空处应用danger的形容词
dangerous“危险的”，故填dangerous。
269．句意：蒂娜许愿要快点到湖边去。空处修饰动词get to，所以用quick的副词形式quickly“快速地”。
故填quickly。
270．句意：王子得救了。主语是动作save的承受者，所以用被动语态，全文是一般过去时，所以此处是
一般过去时的被动语态，主语是The prince ，be动词用was，save的过去分词是saved，故填was saved。
（2023·福建·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据语境或所给单词的提示，在每个空格内填入一个恰当的词，要求所填的词意义准确、
形式正确，使短文意思完整、行文连贯。
Niejiazhuang Village in Weifang is famous for colored clay sculpture handicraft (泥塑手工艺), which dates
back to the Ming Dynasty. The Weifang government has 1 (encourage) local people to learn traditional
handicraft and make more money to get rid of poverty(脱贫).
Nie Peng 2 (be) a young villager in Niejiazhuang. He is crazy about clay sculpture handicraft. He
began learning it from his father when he was 3 child. He has led lots of young craftsmen (手艺人) in
and near 4 (he) village to make colored clay sculptures and the handicraft has become an important way
for local people to get 5 (rich) than before.
The tiger is a typical subject for colored clay sculptures. Nie 6 (start) to learn to make clay tigers in
100关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
2010, the Year of the Tiger. Over these years, he has seen the development of the art form. 7 first, the
clay tigers were all of the same small size. Now there are tigers of different 8 (size) and the largest can
be over two meters tall. The tigers used to be colored pink and green, but now have become more colorful.
Today Nie cares for the future of clay sculpture handicraft 9 encourages young craftsmen to create
more works. He 10 (real) hopes that the sculpture handicraft will be passed down to the next generation.
【答案】
1．encouraged 2．is 3．a 4．his 5．richer 6．started 7．At 8．sizes 9．and
10．really
【导语】本文主要介绍了潍坊的聂家庄村以彩泥塑工艺品闻名。
1．句意：潍坊市政府鼓励当地人学习传统手工艺，多赚钱以摆脱贫困。根据has可知，时态是现在完成时，
动词用过去分词，故填encouraged。
2．句意：聂鹏是聂家庄的一位年轻村民。此处是说明一个事实，主语是单数，be动词用is，故填is。
3．句意：当他还是个孩子的时候，他就开始向父亲学习。此处是泛指一个孩子，child以辅音音素开头，
应用a，故填a。
4．句意：他带领村里和附近的许多年轻工匠制作彩泥塑，手工业成为当地人比以前更富有的重要途径。
空后是名词，应用形容词性物主代词his，故填his。
5．句意：他带领村里和附近的许多年轻工匠制作彩泥塑，手工业成为当地人比以前更富有的重要途径。
根据“than”可知，应用比较级，故填richer。
6．句意：2010年虎年，聂开始学习制作泥虎。根据“in 2010”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，
故填started。
7．句意：起初，粘土老虎都是一样的小尺寸。at first“起初”，是固定表达，故填At。
8．句意：现在有不同大小的老虎，最大的可以超过两米高。size“大小”，可数名词，different后加可数名
词复数，故填sizes。
9．句意：今天，聂关心泥塑手工艺的未来，鼓励年轻工匠创作更多的作品。前后句是并列关系，应用
and，故填and。
10．句意：他真希望雕塑手艺能传给下一代。real是形容词，修饰动词hopes，应用副词，故填really。
（2023·浙江丽水·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Kendall Rae Johnson spends a lot of time playing in the dirt. She has 11 huge garden that produces
over 100 pounds of food each year!
101关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Kendall Rae 12 (begin) gardening at age three, when her great-grandmother gave her some fresh
collard greens. Kendall Rae says, “Grandma Kate told 13 (I), ‘Don’t throw away the stems, because if
you put them in the ground, they will grow back.’” She tried it and the stems 14 (real) grew new leaves.
Soon after, her parents put in a backyard garden. 15 her friends came to their house, Kendall Rae
enjoyed sharing what she knew about farming. She says, “My friends would help me water 16 care for
the plants. They started to enjoy farming, too.” At age six, she became the youngest certified farmer 17
her hometown.
Today, her garden has grown to include sixty plant beds and twelve 18 (tree)! When the vegetables
and fruits are ripe(成熟), Kendall Rae sells some of them 19 (make) money. She also invites people who
don’t have enough food to take what they need. “If 20 (many) kids join us, our community will surely
become better,” says Kendall Rae. “Growing food takes a lot of work, but together we can do it.”
【答案】
11．а 12．began 13．me 14．really 15．When 16．and 17．in 18．trees
19．to make 20．more
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍喜欢种植的肯德尔·雷·约翰逊。
11．句意：她有一个巨大的花园，每年生产超过100磅的食物！此处泛指一个花园，huge首字母发辅音音
素，故填а。
12．句意：肯德尔·雷三岁时开始园艺，当时她的曾祖母给了她一些新鲜的羽衣甘蓝。根据“at age three”可
知，是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填began。
13．句意：肯德尔·雷说：“凯特奶奶告诉我，‘不要扔掉茎，因为如果你把它们埋在地里，它们会重新长
出来的。’”此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故填me。
14．句意：她试了试，茎真的长出了新叶。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填really。
15．句意：当朋友们来她家做客时，肯德尔·雷喜欢分享她对农业的了解。根据“...her friends came to their
house, Kendall Rae enjoyed sharing what she knew about farming.”可知，当朋友们来做客时，肯德尔·雷会分
享对农业的了解，用when引导时间状语从句。故填When。
16．句意：我的朋友会帮我浇水和照顾植物。前后构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
17．句意：六岁时，她成为了家乡最年轻的持证农民。in her hometown“在她的家乡”，故填in。
18．句意：今天，她的花园已经发展到包括60个植物床和12棵树！twelve修饰可数名词复数，故填
trees。
19．句意：当蔬菜和水果成熟时，肯德尔·雷会卖掉一些来赚钱。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，
故填to make。
102关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
20．句意：如果有更多的孩子加入我们，我们的社区肯定会变得更好。根据“our community will surely
become better”可知，此处应使用比较级，more“更多”符合语境，故填more。
（2023·河北·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词（有提示词的，填入所给单词的正确形式）。
My favorite teacher is Mr. Zhao. He has made 21 big difference in my life. I was 22
(real) shy and nervous on the first day at school. But Mr. Zhao was 23 kind that I soon forgot about that.
In 24 (he) first class, he asked us to draw a picture of ourselves.
When he 25 (get) to my desk, he looked at my picture and said, “Wow! I like those bright 26
(color)! That’s great!” I felt 27 (relax) at once. Mr. Zhao is patient and he always 28 (tell) us
not to worry about giving wrong answers. Also, he shows us how to learn 29 our mistakes. Now I am in
the 30 (nine) grade, and I’m leaving school. I will remember all the suggestions he has given me.
【答案】
21．a 22．really 23．so 24．his 25．got 26．colors 27．relaxed 28．tells
29．from 30．ninth
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者最喜爱的老师。
21．句意：他给我的生活带来了很大的改变。make a big difference“有很大影响”。故填a。
22．句意：上学的第一天，我非常害羞和紧张。此处修饰形容词shy用副词really“真地”。故填really。
23．句意：但是赵老师太好了，我很快就忘记了。根据“kind that I soon forgot about that”可知此处是
so...that“如此……以至于”结构。故填so。
24．句意：在他的第一节课上，他让我们给自己画一幅画。空格后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词
his“他的”。故填his。
25．句意：当他走到我的桌子旁时，他看着我的照片说。根据“he looked...”可知句子用一般过去时，动词
用过去式。故填got。
26．句意：我喜欢那些鲜艳的颜色！those后加可数名词复数colors“颜色”。故填colors。
27．句意：我立刻感到放松。作felt的表语用形容词，形容人用relaxed“放松的”。故填relaxed。
28．句意：赵老师很有耐心，他总是告诉我们不要担心回答错误。根据“Mr. Zhao is patient and he
always...”可知句子用一般现在时，主语是he，谓语动词用单三tells“告诉”。故填tells。
29．句意：他还向我们展示了如何从错误中吸取教训。learn from“从……中学习”。故填from。
30．句意：现在我上九年级了，我要离开学校了。此处指“九年级”，用序数词ninth“第九”。故填
ninth。
（2023·山东滨州·统考中考真题）
103关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词成情态动词。
An idol is someone who we respect or love. However, unlike many of my classmates, my idol is not a film
star, a famous writer or a sportsman, my idol is my dad.
Most people believe that a man 31 (go) out and work. However, when I was only a five-year-old
boy, I was 32 (serious) ill and needed attention all the time. My dad knew how much my mum loved her
job, so he stopped 33 (work) to stay at home and look after me. Many men in this situation would want
their 34 (wife) to stay with the child, but my dad always thinks about 35 (other) before
himself. This made me start to respect him.
My dad later took a job and worked at night. He chose the job so that he would only be out of the house when
I was sleeping. Since then, my dad 36 (help) and supported me in everything I do. I remember when I
was learning to ride a bike, my dad ran behind me and held the back of the bicyele so that I would not fall. I 37
(feel) so safe because I knew he was near. Soon, I was able to ride by 38 (I).
My family is not rich, and we do not own a big house or an expensive car. My dad has shown me that
something is 39 (important) than money. Although he now works hard every day and is often very busy,
he always makes time 40 (stay) with me. He helps me with my homework, and plays games with me
on weekends. He has also taught me that I can achieve anything if I really work hard on it.
My dad is my idol because he showed me the most important things in life.
【答案】
31．should go 32．seriously 33．working 34．wives 35．others
36．has helped 37．felt 38．myself 39．more important 40．to stay
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者的父亲是自己的偶像，并介绍了父亲为作者所做的事情。
31．句意：大多数人认为男人应该出去工作。根据“Most people believe that a man...out”可知大部分认为男
人应该出去工作，应该：should，情态动词后加动词原形。故填should go。
32．句意：然而，当我还是一个五岁的男孩时，我病得很重，一直需要照顾。修饰形容词ill用副词
seriously“严重地”。故填seriously。
33．句意：所以他停止了工作，留在家里照顾我。work“工作”，根据“to stay at home and look after me”可
104关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
知他停止了工作，留在家照顾我，stop doing sth.“停止做某事”。故填working。
34．句意：很多处于这种情况的男人都希望他们的妻子留在孩子身边，但我爸爸总是先考虑别人，然后再
考虑自己。根据“Many men”可知此处用名词复数wives“妻子”。故填wives。
35．句意：很多处于这种情况的男人都希望他们的妻子留在孩子身边，但我爸爸总是先考虑别人，然后再
考虑自己。根据“thinks about...”可知是考虑其他人，others“其他人”。故填others。
36．句意：从那以后，我爸爸在我做的每件事上都帮助和支持我。help“帮助”，根据“Since then”可知句
子用现在完成时，主语是my dad，助动词用has。故填has helped。
37．句意：我感到很安全，因为我知道他就在附近。根据“I knew...”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去
式felt“感觉”。故填felt。
38．句意：很快，我就可以自己骑车了。根据“I was able to ride by...”可知是会自己骑车，用反身代词
myself“我自己”。故填myself。
39．句意：我爸爸告诉我，有些东西比金钱更重要。根据“than”可知此处用比较级more important“更重
要”。故填more important。
40．句意：但他总是抽出时间和我在一起。stay“待”，分析句子可知，“makes time”的目的是“stay with
me”，作目的状语用动词不定式。故填to stay。
（2023·浙江台州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
You don’t need to wait until you’re an adult to take part in community service. You can develop good habits
now. Community service is a great way to make 41 difference in your neighborhood. You also can enjoy
42 (spend) time with friends and meeting new people. Here are some ideas for you to start 43 (quick).
Do you play an instrument or love to draw? Offer to give free concerts at a senior center or spread your love of
art by giving 44 (lesson) to younger children. You can never imagine 45 happy you will be after
that.
Do you live near a public park? You can volunteer 46 (plant) or clean up the park. You’ll bring
pleasure 47 everyone who uses the park.
Do you know any sick or disabled people in your neighborhood? Offer to do yard work for 48 (they).
Sweep the floor and 49 (do) the dishes. Or just stop by for a friendly visit with some food.
Does your school encourage a buddy (伙伴) system? You can set up buddy systems which connect older
children with 50 (young) ones. Buddies often spend time together reading books. Helping a young person
grow into a smart reader is a gift that keeps on giving.
【答案】
105关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
41．a 42．spending 43．quickly 44．lessons 45．how 46．to plant 47．to/for
48．them 49．do 50．younger
【导语】本文主要介绍了如何快速开始社区服务。
41．句意：社区服务是一个很好的方式来改变你的社区。make a difference“有影响”。故填a。
42．句意：你还可以享受与朋友共度时光和结识新朋友的乐趣。enjoy doing sth.“喜欢做某事”。故填
spending。
43．句意：以下是一些快速开始的想法。修饰动词start用副词quickly“快速地”。故填quickly。
44．句意：在老年中心举办免费音乐会，或者通过给年幼的孩子上课来传播你对艺术的热爱。此处表泛指
用名词复数lessons“课”。故填lessons。
45．句意：你永远无法想象在那之后你会有多幸福。根据“happy you will be”可知是多么开心，用how引
导宾语从句。故填how。
46．句意：你可以自愿种植或打扫公园。plant“种植”，volunteer to do sth.“自愿做某事”。故填to plant。
47．句意：你会给每个使用公园的人带来快乐。bring sth. to/for sb.“给某人带来某物”。故填to/for。
48．句意：主动提出为他们做庭院工作。此处作介词for的宾语用代词宾格them“他们”。故填them。
49．句意：扫地洗碗。或者只是顺道拜访一下，带上一些食物。此处动词和sweep并列，故此处用动词原
形。故填do。
50．句意：你可以建立好友系统，将年龄较大的孩子与年龄较小的孩子联系起来。根据“older children
with...ones”可知是将较大的孩子和较年轻的孩子联系起来，用比较级younger“更年轻的”。故填younger。
（2023·四川眉山·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Lixia, or the Start of Summer, is the 51 (seven) of the 24 Chinese solar terms (节气) which falls on
May 6 of this year. It symbolizes (象征) the passing from spring 52 summer.
With the heat of summer, plants and crops will begin to grow much 53 (fast). So farmers are always
happy to welcome the arrival of Lixia. This is 54 best time of the year to plant early rice in the southern
part of China. Chinese has plenty of old sayings 55 are used to warn people not to be lazy during this
period of time.
In China, people celebrate the day of Lixia in different ways. For example, in some places people cook “Five-
Colored Rice”. Usually, it 56 (make) from five kinds of beans (豆)—mung bean, red bean, yellow bean,
black bean and green bean. It stands for people’s good wishes for a colorful life. People also have the custom of
57 (eat) some different kinds of fresh fruits and vegetables. On the day of Lixia, children will wear a bag with
an egg around their necks in some areas. This is believed to help keep 58 (they) safe and healthy. Other
106关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
59 (tradition) of Lixia include the singing of beautiful folk songs. And people also weigh themselves on Lixia.
When the summer 60 (pass), they’ll weigh themselves again to see how many pounds they have lost
during the hot season.
【答案】
51．seventh 52．to 53．faster 54．the 55．which/that 56．is made 57．eating
58．them 59．traditions 60．passes
【导语】本文主要介绍了立夏这个节气。
51．句意：立夏是中国24个节气中的第七个。此处指“第七个”节气，用序数词seventh“第七”。故填
seventh。
52．句意：它象征着从春天到夏天的过渡。from...to“从……到”。故填to。
53．句意：随着夏季的炎热，植物和作物将开始生长得更快。much修饰比较级faster“更快”。故填
faster。
54．句意：在中国南方，这是一年中种植早稻的最佳时间。空格后是最高级，此处用定冠词the。故填
the。
55．句意：中国有很多古老的谚语用来警告人们在这段时间不要懒惰。句子是定语从句，先行词是
sayings，关系词在从句中作主语，用which/that引导定语从句。故填which/that。
56．句意：通常，它是由五种豆子制成的。be made from“由……制成”，句子用一般现在时，主语是it，
be动词用is。故填is made。
57．句意：人们也有吃一些不同种类的新鲜水果和蔬菜的习俗。介词of后加动名词。故填eating。
58．句意：这被认为有助于保持他们的安全和健康。根据“help keep...safe and healthy”可知是让他们保持
安全和健康，作宾语用代词宾格them“他们”。故填them。
59．句意：立夏的其他传统包括唱优美的民歌。other后加可数名词复数traditions“传统”。故填
traditions。
60．句意：当夏天过去时，他们会再次称体重，看看自己在炎热的季节减掉了多少磅。pass“通过”，句子
是if引导的条件状语从句，从句用一般现在时，主语是the summer，谓语动词用单数。故填passes。
（2023·浙江杭州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。将答案填写在答题纸的
相应位置。
Traffic School
Have you ever driven through a red traffic light? Have you ever parked in the wrong place or driven 61
107关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
(fast) than the speed limit (限制)? The answers are probably “yes”. Every year 62 (thousand) of drivers
become “offenders”-they break the rules of the road. But 63 are the punishments for this offence?
In most countries drivers have to pay a fine (罚款), 64 (usual) $100—$300. But in the USA,
Australia and some 65 (Europe) countries offenders also get points on their driving license. After they
get 66 certain number of points, they can’t drive.
Life is difficult when you can’t drive. So far some states in the USA 67 (introduce) a new way to
avoid this-Traffic School. Offenders have a choice: They can get points on their license 68 they can do a
course at Traffic School.
Traffic Schools run “driver improvement courses”. They cost about $100 and take from four 69
twelve hours. Most people do the course in a classroom, but in some states drivers can do the course online. Drivers
learn the rules of the road and they learn how 70 (be) better drivers. They don’t have to take a driving
test, but at the end of the course they have to pass a written examination.
【答案】
61．faster 62．thousands 63．what 64．usually 65．European 66．a 67．have
introduced 68．if 69．to 70．to be
【导语】本文主要介绍了人们在不同国家违反交通规则的处理方法。
61．句意：你是否曾把车停错地方或超速驾驶？根据“than”可知空处需用比较级。故填faster。
62．句意：每年都有成千上万的司机成为“违规者”——他们违反交通规则。空前无具体数字，需用
thousands of“数以千计的”表示泛指。故填thousands。
63．句意：但是这种罪行的惩罚是什么呢？根据“are the punishments for this offence?”可知是询问处罚是什
么。what表示“什么”。故填what。
64．句意：在大多数国家，司机必须支付罚款，通常是100到300美元。修饰动词，需用副词形式usually
表示“通常”。故填usually。
65．句意：但在美国、澳大利亚和一些欧洲国家，违规者的驾驶执照也会被扣分。修饰名词“countries”，
需用形容词作定语。European“欧洲的”。故填European。
66．句意：在他们得到一定数量的分数之后，他们就不能开车了。a certain number of表示“一定数量
的……”。故填a。
67．句意：到目前为止，美国的一些州已经推出了一种新的方法来避免这种情况——交通学校。根据“So
far”可知本句需用现在完成时(have/has done)，主语是复数，助动词用have。故填have introduced。
68．句意：违法者有一个选择：如果他们能在交通学校学习课程，他们可以在驾照上获得分数。分析句子
108关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
可知，前句是后句是肯定条件，需用if表示“如果”。故填if。
69．句意：它们花费大约100美元，需要4到12个小时。from...to...表示“从……到……”，固定短语。
故填to。
70．句意：司机学习道路规则，他们学习如何成为更好的司机。how to do sth表示“如何做某事”。故填
to be。
（2023·江苏苏州·统考中考真题）
请认真阅读下面短文，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Dancing with the Light
A few years ago, I visited the Classical Gardens of Suzhou. During the visit, my attention was drawn away
from the plants, bridges and stones, towards 71 walls of the gardens. Mostly white, some parts of the
walls are losing small 72 (piece) of their covering. This creates space in which light and plants can be
73 (see). The walls are not only the boundaries of the gardens, but they also form protected paths that guide
you on a trip.
The memory of the white walls stayed with me. I kept 74 (imagine) how many shadows (影) could
be collected by them to dance with the light. This fantastic moment was so lively 75 I came back to
explore it with my camera.
Working 76 (free) with these walls and their marks, I began to feel like collecting all the stories that
were painted there. Weather and time have turned these 77 (amaze) white walls into Chinese landscape
paintings.
I 78 (take) the photos during the month of June, just after the rain. The air was full of small drops of
water, showing the light and the color 79 the things around. As color was born out of a dance between
light and a body, when photographing in color I found 80 (I) enjoying a moment of this dance.
【答案】
109关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
71．the 72．pieces 73．seen 74．imagining 75．that 76．freely 77．amazing
78．took 79．of 80．myself
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者参观苏州古典园林的经历。
71．句意：在参观期间，我的注意力从植物、桥梁和石头上转移到了花园的墙壁上。根据“walls of the
gardens.”可知此处是特指花园的墙壁，应用定冠词the，故填the。
72．句意：大部分墙壁是白色的，有些部分正在失去小块的覆盖物。piece“块”，可数名词，此处应用复
数表示泛指，故填pieces。
73．句意：这创造了可以看到光线和植物的空间。see是动词，根据“can be”可知是含有情态动词can的被
动语态can be done，故填seen。
74．句意：我一直在想象，它们能收集多少影子，与光共舞。keep doing sth“一直做某事”，为固定短语，
故填imagining。
75．句意：这个奇妙的时刻是如此的生动，以至于我带着相机回来探索它。根据“so lively...I came back to
explore it with my camera.”可知此处是so...that“如此……以至于……”引导的结果状语从句，故填that。
76．句意：在这些墙壁和它们的标记上自由地工作，我开始想收集所有画在那里的故事。free是形容词，
此处修饰动词应用副词freely，故填freely。
77．句意：天气和时间把这些令人惊叹的白墙变成了中国山水画。空后是名词，所以此处应用形容词
amazing“令人惊奇的”修饰物，故填amazing。
78．句意：这些照片是我在六月雨后拍摄的。take是动词，根据语境和后句可知，本句是一般过去时，动
词用过去式，故填took。
79．句意：空气中充满了小水滴，显示出周围事物的光和颜色。根据“the color...the things around”可知是
指周围事物的颜色，应用of所有格，表示“……的”，故填of。
80．句意：因为色彩是光与身体之间的舞蹈而产生的，所以当我拍摄彩色照片时，我发现自己在享受这种
舞蹈的时刻。根据“I found...enjoying a moment of this dance.”可知主语是I，所以宾语应该用反身代词
myself，故填myself。
（2023·湖南衡阳·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填一个适当的词或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Our family bought a new smart TV set last week. It is 81 (real) cool! But we didn’t know what we
should do 82 the old one. Then I 83 (see) an advertisement (广告) for Tech-Help. Tech-Help
donates smart TV sets to people who need them.
84 far, Tech- Help has donated (捐赠) 85 (many) than 2,000 smart TV sets to different
families across the country. Last year they gave smart TV sets to poor families. 86 is very easy to donate
110关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
smart TV sets to Tech-Help. Yesterday, my brother 87 I took the old smart TV set to a local shop. Two
88 (hour) later, Tech-Help collected it from the shop. They will clean the smart TV set and make it better.
Right now, Tech-Help is giving smart TV sets to families in Xinjiang. There are about 50 families on the 89
(wait) list. They believe they will get the smart TV sets soon. I’m 90 (excite) we could do something to
help others!
【答案】
81．really 82．with 83．saw 84．So 85．more 86．It 87．and 88．hours
89．waiting 90．excited
【导语】本文介绍了上周作者家买了一台新电视，如何处理旧的就成了问题，幸好看到了Tech-Help，在
它的帮助下，作者和哥哥将旧电视捐赠给了需要的人。
81．句意：它真的很酷！cool是形容词，所以应用副词really修饰，故填really。
82．句意：但我们不知道该怎么处理旧的。此处是固定短语do with“处理”，故填with。
83．句意：然后我看到了一则Tech-Help的广告。see“看见”，动词。根据前句可知句子是一般过去时，动
词用过去式，故填saw。
84．句意：到目前为止，Tech-Help已经向全国各地的不同家庭捐赠了2000多台智能电视。根据“...far,
Tech- Help has donated...”可知本句是现在完成时，所以应用时间状语so far“到目前为止”，故填So。
85．句意：到目前为止，Tech-Help已经向全国各地的不同家庭捐赠了2000多台智能电视。根据“than”可
知应用比较级more，故填more。
86．句意：向Tech-Help捐赠智能电视机非常容易。此处是动词不定式作真正的主语，it作形式主语，故填
It。
87．句意：昨天，我和哥哥把那台旧的智能电视带到当地的一家商店。根据“my brother...I took the old
smart TV set to a local shop.”可知空处前后是并列关系，应用and连接，故填and。
88．句意：两小时后，Tech-Help从商店取走了它。hour“小时”，可数名词，two后加名词复数，故填
hours。
89．句意：大约有50个家庭在等候名单上。wait是动词，此处应用其ing形式作定语修饰list，故填
waiting。
90．句意：我很高兴我们能做些事情来帮助别人！excite“激动”，此处是作表语，应用形容词，修饰人，
应用excited，故填excited。
（2023·湖南怀化·统考中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
111关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Many people often leave their hometowns to work in the cities. Zhang Bin, 91 46-year- old man from
Huaihua, is one such person. He 92 (work) in a shoe factory in Wenzhou. He 93 (real) misses his
hometown.
More and more hometowns are developing 94 (fast) than before. Large hospitals and new schools are
built. There are many new roads and 95 (bridge). This has made traveling between villages 96
cities much easier. Thanks to the new roads around his village, Zhang Bin will now be able 97 (open) an
online shop that sells delicious food from his hometown.
Zhang Bin thinks the changes 98 (be) great in his hometown. He is very happy about the new school
in his village. 99 , he believes that one thing will never change — the lovely old tree. The hometown is the
place that holds 100 (he) best memories.
【答案】
91．a 92．works 93．really 94．faster 95．bridges
96．and 97．to open 98．are 99．However 100．his
【导语】本文主要以张斌为例，讲述了一些离开家乡去城市里工作的人发现家乡发生了很大的变化。
91．句意：来自怀化的46岁男子张斌就是这样一个人。此处表示泛指，且46对应的英文是forty-six，是
以辅音音素开头的，故填a。
92．句意：他在温州的一家鞋厂工作。此句是一般现在时，主语He是第三人称单数形式，动词用三单，
故填works。
93．句意：他非常想念他的家乡。此空修饰动词misses，应填副词really，故填really。
94．句意：越来越多的家乡比以前发展得快。根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填faster。
95．句意：有许多新的道路和桥。此空与roads构成并列关系，所以此空应填复数形式，故填bridges。
96．句意：这使得乡村和城市之间的旅行更加容易。between…and“在……和……之间”，故填and。
97．句意：由于村里修了新路，张斌现在可以开网店卖家乡的美食了。be able to do sth“能够做某事”，故
填to open。
98．句意：张斌认为家乡的变化很大。此句是一般现在时，主语changes是复数形式，be动词用are，故填
are。
99．句意：然而，他相信有一件事永远不会改变——那棵可爱的老树。“he believes that one thing will
never change — the lovely old tree”与前文是转折关系，此空位于句首，且空格后有逗号隔开，应填副词
however“然而”，故填However。
100．句意：家乡是拥有他最美好的回忆的地方。此空修饰名词memories，应填形容词性物主代词his，故
112关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
填his。
（2023·浙江绍兴·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
When Reshma Kosaraju was 12, her family 101 (move) from Chicago to Northern California. Soon
after, the Camp Fire started. “It was one of 102 (big) fires in California history,” Reshma, now 17, told
TIME for Kids. 103 her school was about 320 kilometers south of the fire, students still had to wear
masks (面罩) because 104 the smoke. “It is an unusual experience for me, because I have never 105
(real) experienced this problem,” she said. So she hoped 106 (deal) with the problem. Later she created a
107 (use) way to predict forest fires with artificial intelligence (人工智能). Her method is nearly 90% right. “
108 realized that if I could succeed, the results could make 109 big difference. For example, the
environment can be helped and many 110 (life) can be saved,” Reshma said.
【答案】
101．moved 102．the biggest 103．Though/Although 104．of 105．really 106．to deal
107．useful 108．I 109．a 110．lives
【导语】本文主要介绍Reshma Kosaraju发明人工智能预测森林火灾的方法。
101．句意：当Reshma Kosaraju 12岁时，她的家人从芝加哥搬到了北加州。根据“When Reshma Kosaraju
was 12”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填moved。
102．句意：这是加州历史上最大的火灾之一。此处是“one of+the+最高级+名词复数”结构，故填the
biggest。
103．句意：虽然她的学校在火灾以南约320公里处，但由于浓烟弥漫，学生们仍然不得不戴上口罩。分
析“...her school was about 320 kilometers south of the fire, students still had to wear masks...”可知，前后构成让
步关系，用though/although引导让步状语从句。故填Though/Although。
104．句意：虽然她的学校在火灾以南约320公里处，但由于浓烟弥漫，学生们仍然不得不戴上口罩。根
据“students still had to wear masks (面罩) because...the smoke”可知，由于浓烟弥漫，学生们仍然不得不戴上
口罩，because of“因为”符合语境，故填of。
113关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
105．句意：对我来说是一次不寻常的经历，因为我从来没有真正经历过这个问题。此处在句中修饰动词，
用副词形式，故填really。
106．句意：所以她希望能解决这个问题。hope to do sth“希望做某事”，故填to deal。
107．句意：后来，她发明了一种用人工智能预测森林火灾的有用方法。此处在句中作定语修饰way，
useful“有用的”符合语境，故填useful。
108．句意：我意识到，如果我能成功，结果会有很大的不同。此处在句中作主语，结合“...realized that if
I could succeed”可知，应用I作主语。故填I。
109．句意：我意识到，如果我能成功，结果会有很大的不同。make a big difference“产生重大影响、有很
大的不同”，固定短语。故填a。
110．句意：例如，环境可以得到改善，许多生命可以得到拯救。life“生命”，many修饰可数名词复数。
故填lives。
（2023·浙江温州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的适当形式。
Tina is a thirteen-year-old middle school student. Last year, she went to 111 summer school in
France and stayed with a local family, the Truffauts.
At first, things didn’t go well 112 she couldn’t speak French. Simple things like finding the right
bus stop became big problems. The Truffauts helped her a lot and treated her like part of the family. They played
113 (game) and shared traditional food with her. Tina was helpful as well. She did some housework with the
family every day. On the weekend, she 114 (join) a community club and did volunteer work. For most of
the time, she used body language to communicate. People showed 115 (they) thanks with smiles and she
would always smile back. Language was not a problem 116 her any more. As a new member of the club,
Tina 117 (invite) to have parties with the other members. Day by day, she made more friends. Tina began
118 (love) her new life. “A smile is a second language we were born to speak. It is also the best gift I have
got,” she often said 119 (proud).
Smiles and a helping hand can always make people 120 (close) than a language can.
【答案】
111．a 112．because/as 113．games 114．joined 115．their 116．for 117．was
invited 118．loving/to love 119．proudly 120．closer
【导语】本文主要讲述了蒂娜如何在法国适应上她的新生活。
111．句意：去年，她去了法国的一所暑期学校，并住在当地的一个家庭，特吕福一家。summer school为
114关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
第一次出现，且summer为辅音音素开头的单词，因此应用不定冠词a来泛指“一所暑期学校”。故填a。
112．句意：刚开始，事情进展并不顺利，因为她不会说法语。空格前后两个句子存在语义上的因果关系，
前为果，后为因，因此可用because或as来引导原因状语从句。故填because/as。
113．句意：他们和她一起玩游戏，和她分享传统食物。根据“played”可知此处应用动词短语play games
表示“玩游戏”。故填games。
114．句意：周末，她加入了一个社区俱乐部，并承担志愿者工作。根据“and did”可知句子采用一般过去
时，动词join的过去式为joined。故填joined。
115．句意：人们用微笑表示感谢，她总是回以微笑。thanks为名词，此处应用人称代词they的形容词性
物主代词their修饰名词。故填their。
116．句意：语言对她来说不再是个问题。根据“Language was not a problem”可知此处表示语言对她来说
不是问题，应用介词for来表示“对……而言”。故填for。
117．句意：作为俱乐部的新成员，蒂娜被邀请和其他成员一起聚会。句子应用一般过去时。根据“Tina”
和“invite”可知此处应用其被动语态表示“她被邀请”，句子采用一般过去时的被动语态，其谓语结构为：
was/were+过去分词，主语Tina为第三人称单数，be动词应用was，动词invite的过去分词为invited。故填
was invited。
118．句意：蒂娜开始爱上她的新生活。根据“began”可知此处应用动词短语begin doing sth或begin to do
sth表示“开始做某事”，动词love的动名词为loving，其不定式为to love。故填loving/to love。
119．句意：“微笑是我们生来就要说的第二种语言。这也是我得到的最好的礼物，”她经常自豪地说。
said为动词，此处应用proud的副词proudly来修饰动词。故填proudly。
120．句意：微笑和伸出援助之手总是比语言更能拉近人们的距离。根据“than”可知此处应用形容词close
的比较级closer。故填closer。
（2023·山东烟台·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文、在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
During this year’s May Day holiday, Yemeni (也门) student Mohammed Saleh Ahmed and his Chinese friends
visited Pingyao ancient city in Shanxi Province. They even experienced the ancient way of getting money in the
121 (early) bank of China.
“The historical relics (遗迹) in China’s ancient 122 (city) have made me want to learn more
about the country’s past,” Mohammed said. In recent years, tourism industries have developed 123
(rapid) and these relics have become new favorites of tourists.
Xinzhou ancient city in Shanxi, with a history of more than 1,800 years, 124 (have) over 500
stores and restaurants. During the five-day holiday, Xinzhou ancient city received more than 400,000 visitors.
115关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
“ 125 (I) restaurant is always busy. During the peak (高峰) season, the yard is 126
(crowd) with tourists waiting for dinner,” said Wang Guodong, a businessman 127 owns a restaurant
in Xinzhou ancient city.
Geng Yeqiang, an expert from Shanxi University, said that historical relics can form a cultural tourism circle
during their protection and development. The process can increase local economic(经济的) growth. 128
expert also said, “At the same time, relics protection organizations and the tourism organizations should work
together 129 (make) this economic model better.
When a modern city meets its old past, not only can the tourism be developed better, but the local culture and
history can also 130 (know) by more people.
【答案】
121．earliest 122．cities 123．rapidly 124．has had 125．My 126．crowed 127．
who/that 128．The 129．to make 130．be known
【导语】本文通过以山西平遥古城和忻州古城为例，讲述了开发文化旅游圈不仅可以促进当地的经济增长
还可以宣传当地的文化和历史。
121．句意：他们甚至在中国最早的银行里体验了古老的取钱方式。根据“in the ... bank of China.”可知，句
中含比较之意，the后跟形容词最高级，early的最高级是earliest。故填earliest。
122．句意：中国古城的历史遗迹使我想更多地了解这个国家城市的过去。city“可数名词”，此处是泛指
城市，所以用其复数形式，故填cities。
123．句意：近年来，旅游业发展迅速，这些遗迹已成为游客的新宠。rapid“迅速的”，此处修饰动词
developed，应用其副词形式rapidly“迅速地”，故填rapidly。
124．句意：山西忻州古城有1800多年的历史，有500多家商店和餐馆。根据“with a history of more than
1,800 years,...over 500 stores and restaurants.”及语境可知，此处应用现在完成时，强调对现在的影响，主语
是Xinzhou ancient city，所以助动词用has，have的过去分词是had，故填has had。
125．句意：我的餐馆总是很忙。空处修饰动词restaurant，应用I对应的形容词性物主代词my，句首单词
首字母要大写。故填My。
126．句意：在旺季，院子里挤满了等着吃饭的游客。根据“is ... with ”可知，此处考查短语be crowded
with“挤满 ”，故填crowded。
127．句意：在忻州古城拥有一家餐馆的商人王国栋说。空后整个句子在句中作定语修饰名词a
businessman，指人，在句中作主语，所以空处用关系词who或that，故填who/that。
128．句意：这个专家还说。上文已经提到了“Geng Yeqiang, an expert from Shanxi University,”这个专家，
116关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
再次提到应用定冠词the，故填The。
129．句意：同时，文物保护组织和旅游组织应该共同努力，使这种经济模式更好。“work together共同努
力”的目的是“为了使这种经济模式更好”，所以此处用动词不定式作目的状语，故填to make。
130．句意：当一个现代的城市遇到它古老的过去，不仅可以更好地发展旅游业，而且当地的文化和历史
也可以被更多的人所了解。主语“the local culture and history”和know之间是动宾关系，表示被了解，所以
此处用被动语态（be done），can后跟动词原形，know的过去分词是known，故填be known。
（2023·四川宜宾·统考中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
School gardening 131 (be) now very popular. Parents and teachers all like these hands-on lessons
very much.
Students are 132 (excite) about the gardening lessons, too. The lessons give them a new way
133 learning and help them relax.
The children don’t have to sit at 134 (they) desks all day. The gardening lessons teach them
something that they can’t learn in the classroom. Also, they have a chance 135 (move) outside and get
hands dirty.
Teachers ask students to take gardening 136 (serious). In gardens, students watch carefully with a
purpose. They can see the 137 (begin), the middle and the end of the project. However, some schools
don’t have enough space for a garden, so the lessons can be 138 (give) in the community gardens or
parks.
“Gardening is 139 important subject,” many teachers say, “It not only lets students know where our
food comes from, 140 also makes them have more love for the earth. Gardening is not just a hobby,
it’s a life skill.”
【答案】
131．is 132．excited 133．of 134．their 135．to move 136．seriously 137．
beginning 138．given 139．an 140．but
【导语】本文主要介绍了学校的园艺课。
131．句意：校园园艺现在很受欢迎。根据“now”可知句子应用一般现在时，主语School gardening为第三
人称单数，be动词应用is。故填is。
132．句意：学生们也对园艺课感到兴奋不已。根据“are”和“about”可知此处应用形容词短语be excited
about表示“对……感到兴奋”。故填excited。
117关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
133．句意：这些课程给了他们一种新的学习方式，帮助他们放松。根据“a new way”和“learning”可知此
处应用a way of doing sth表示“做某事的方式”。故填of。
134．句意：孩子们不必整天坐在书桌前。desks为名词，其前应用they的形容词性物主代词their来修饰名
词desks。故填their。
135．句意：此外，他们有机会到外面去，把手弄脏。根据“have a chance”可知此处应用动词短语have a
chance to do sth表示“有做……的机会”，动词move的不定式为to move。故填to move。
136．句意：老师要求学生认真对待园艺。根据“take gardening”可知此处用动词短语take sth seriously表示
“认真对待某事”，副词seriously修饰动词take。故填seriously。
137．句意：他们可以看到项目的开始、中期和结束。定冠词后加名词，动词begin的名词为beginning。故
填beginning。
138．句意：然而，有些学校没有足够的空间建花园，所以可以在社区花园或公园上课。根据“the lessons
can be”可知主语the lessons与动词give存在逻辑上的被动关系，此处应用含有情态动词can的被动语态，
其谓语结构为：can be+过去分词，动词give的过去分词为given。故填given。
139．句意：园艺是一个重要的项目。根据“important project”可知project为单数名词，且important为元音
音素开头的单词，因此应用不定冠词an来表泛指。故填an。
140．句意：它不仅让学生知道我们的食物来自哪里，而且让他们对地球有更多的热爱。根据“not only”和
“also”可知此处应用not only…but also…来表示“不仅……而且……”。故填but。
（2023·山东枣庄·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。把答案写在答题卡的横线上。
When May Day comes, it means that people will have several vacation days. Are you sorry for not traveling
during the vacation this year? If you stayed at home, I think you made a good 141 (choose). Why?
Because there were a lot of people in many 142 (place) of interest in China. They were too crowded for
the people to have a good time.
It was 143 (report) that there were over 100,000 people on Mount Tai on May 1st, 2023. You
couldn’t take photos for you or 144 (you) friends. You even had no place to rest. A friend of mine
145 (tell) me he could see nothing except lots of people on Mount Tai. “We couldn’t walk if the people 146
front of us didn’t walk,” He said. He showed me a photo taken on Mount Tai. In 147 photo, I hardly
found him, because there were so many people.
So some people advise that we should just stay at home 148 (avoid) too many people. However,
other people disagree with them. They think it’s 149 (excite) to go traveling. I love staying at home more
118关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
150 traveling. What’s your idea?
【答案】
141．choice 142．places 143．reported 144．your 145．told 146．in 147．the
148．to avoid 149．exciting 150．than
【导语】本文介绍了五一假期期间应该待在家还是出去旅游的一些不同的观点，并举例说明。
141．句意：如果你待在家里，我认为你做了一个不错的选择。空前有a修饰，空处应用单数名词，choose
的名词是choice，故填choice。
142．句意：因为有很多人都去中国的许多名胜古迹旅游。空前有many修饰，此处名词应用复数形式，故
填places。
143．句意：据报道，2023年5月1日，泰山上有超过10万人。空前有was，此处动词应用过去分词形式，
构成一般过去时的被动结构，构成句型“It was reported that...”，表示“据报道……”，故填reported。
144．句意：你不能为你或你的朋友拍照。空处修饰其后的名词，指的是“你的朋友”，应用形容词性物
主代词，故填your。
145．句意：我的一个朋友告诉我，他在泰山上除了很多人什么也看不见。描述过去的事情，动词用过去
式，故填told。
146．句意：如果前面的人不走，我们就走不动。结合“front of us”可知，此处是短语in front of“在……前
面”，故填in。
147．句意：在照片里，我几乎找不到他，因为人太多了。根据“He showed me a photo taken on Mount
Tai.”可知，此处再次提到前面提到的名词photo，应用定冠词the，故填the。
148．句意：所以有些人建议我们应该待在家里，以避免太多人。空处表示目的，应用不定式作目的状语，
故填to avoid。
149．句意：他们认为去旅游是令人兴奋的。空处修饰“to go traveling”这件事情，应用-ing形容词作表语，
故填exciting。
150．句意：比起旅游，我更喜欢待在家里。根据“more”可知，此处是“staying at home”和“traveling”的
比较，应用than“比”，故填than。
（2023·浙江金华·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Hanfu has become popular again in recent years. A growing number of young people in China are starting to
wear the 151 (tradition) Han Chinese clothing. The style has even attracted some foreigners. One of
them is Rian, a young man from Brazil.
119关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Rian lives in Xi’an. Two years ago, he came to the beautiful city and became 152 English teacher at
a kindergarten. After 153 (see) many people wearing Hanfu in the streets, Rian developed a strong
interest in it and wanted 154 (try) it on himself. “My first taste of Hanfu was the Tang style. 155
is fun to wear it,” said the young man. “Today, it is still my favorite Hanfu style.” Every time he puts it on, he feels
as if he has travelled back to ancient times.
Since then, Hanfu has helped Rian learn more 156 China. In the past, the only thing he 157
(know) about the country was that it had a long history and a rich culture. But now Hanfu has shown him more
details about Chinese culture.
He wants to share his feelings with friends both in China 158 abroad, so he begins to make short
159 (video) of himself trying on Hanfu and posts them up on Western social media platforms. It has 160
(quick) become a hot hit on the Internet. He spreads Chinese culture in his own way.
【答案】
151．traditional 152．an 153．seeing 154．to try 155．It 156．about 157．knew
158．and 159．videos 160．quickly
【导语】本文主要介绍了来自巴西的年轻人Rian对汉服非常感兴趣，他也制作短视频传播中国文化。
151．句意：越来越多的中国年轻人开始穿传统的汉服。空格后是名词，此处用形容词traditional“传统的”。
故填traditional。
152．句意：两年前，他来到这个美丽的城市，在一所幼儿园当了英语老师。此处泛指“一名老师”，
English以元音音素开头，用不定冠词an。故填an。
153．句意：在街上看到许多人穿着汉服后，瑞安对汉服产生了浓厚的兴趣，并想亲自试穿。介词后加动
名词。故填seeing。
154．句意：在街上看到许多人穿着汉服后，瑞安对汉服产生了浓厚的兴趣，并想亲自试穿。want to do
sth.“想要做某事”。故填to try。
155．句意：穿上它很有趣。It is adj. to do sth.“做某事是……的”。故填It。
156．句意：从那时起，汉服帮助Rian更多地了解中国。根据“learn more...China”可知是更了解中国，用
介词about。故填about。
157．句意：在过去，他对这个国家唯一了解的是它有着悠久的历史和丰富的文化。根据“In the past”可知
句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式knew“知道”。故填knew。
158．句意：他想与国内外的朋友分享自己的感受，于是他开始制作自己尝试汉服的短视频，并将其发布
120关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
在西方社交媒体平台上。both...and“两者都”。故填and。
159．句意：他想与国内外的朋友分享自己的感受，于是他开始制作自己尝试汉服的短视频，并将其发布
在西方社交媒体平台上。此处表示泛指用名词复数videos“视频”。故填videos。
160．句意：它在互联网上迅速走红。修饰动词用副词quickly“快速地”。故填quickly。
（2023·浙江宁波·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
One day at school, something strange caught Ann’s attention. Lily 161 (quick) put a bag in her own
desk, making Ann feel unusual. Later, she saw Lily secretly give something 162 Cindy under the desk. It
seemed that they decided 163 (do) something without her. Ann thought, “How can my best friend plan
something without inviting me?” Even though they were still 164 (friend) to her, she was a little upset.
On the bus ride home, Ann avoided 165 (sit) next to Lily on purpose. She noticed Lily giving an
envelope to someone else, which made her even more upset.
Later that evening, there was 166 knock on Ann’s door. There stood Cindy from next door, inviting
her to Lily’s party. 167 first, Ann didn’t want to go and said no to her, explaining that they were no
168 (long) friends. But Cindy kept asking Ann to come along.
When they arrived at Lily’s house, everyone shouted, “Surprise!” Ann hardly 169 (believe) that.
Lily smiled and said, “Tomorrow is your birthday!” Ann was 170 moved that tears filled her eyes. She
said thanks and hugged Lily.
【答案】
161．quickly 162．to 163．to do 164．friendly 165．sitting 166．a 167．At
168．longer 169．believed 170．so
【导语】本文主要讲述了安的朋友们为她筹划生日派对，给她一个惊喜的故事。
161．句意：莉莉迅速地在自己的书桌里放了一个包，让安感到不寻常。此空修饰动词put，应填副词
quickly“快速地”，故填quickly。
162．句意：后来，她看到莉莉在桌子底下偷偷给辛迪一些东西。give sth to sb“给某人某物”，动词短语，
故填to。
163．句意：似乎她们决定做些什么瞒着她。decide to do sth“决定做某事”，此空应填动词不定式，故填to
do。
164．句意：尽管他们对她仍然很友好，她还是有点心烦意乱。be friendly to sb“对某人友好”，形容词短
语，故填friendly。
121关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
165．句意：在回家的公共汽车上，安故意避免坐在莉莉旁边。avoid doing sth“避免做某事”，动名词作宾
语，故填sitting。
166．句意：那天晚上晚些时候，有人敲安的门。此处表示有人敲门，knock是以辅音音素开头的，故填
a。
167．句意：起初，安不想去，还拒绝了她，解释说他们不再是朋友了。at first“起初”，固定搭配，故填
At。
168．句意：起初，安不想去，还拒绝了她，解释说他们不再是朋友了。no longer“不再”，固定搭配，故
填longer。
169．句意：安几乎不相信。整段用的是一般过去时，此空应填过去式，故填believed。
170．句意：安感动得热泪盈眶。so…that“如此……以致于”，引导结果状语从句，故填so。
（2023·浙江·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
It was the fifth day of our Italian journey. We arrived at our hotel 171 (early) than usual. Dad
offered to take us to the ancient city of Pompeii. I didn’t really want to go 172 I had no interest in old
cities.
We travelled there by train. On the way, Dad told us something about 173 history. Many years ago,
Pompeii was a large city near a volcano(火山). The volcano broke out and 174 (complete) covered the
city in ash(灰). About twenty thousand people 175 (kill). But the buildings remained there. And now,
2,000 years later, people around the world come here 176 (see) how people lived all those years ago.
I had thought it was boring to visit the 2,000-year-old 177 (house), but I was wrong. They were
very interesting! Most of their rooms 178 (have) fine paintings all over the walls. I was also amazed at
the bathrooms. I’d love a big bathroom in our house— 179 (our) is so small!
Dad usually makes bad plans but this time he gets it right, finally. 180 a surprise! I got really
interested in Pompeii. In fact, I’ve got lots of ideas for our house when we get home!
【答案】
171．earlier 172．because/as 173．the 174．completely 175．were killed 176．to see
177．houses 178．had 179．ours 180．What
【导语】本文讲述了作者和家人去庞贝古城的经历。
171．句意：我们到达旅馆的时间比平时早。根据“than”可知应用比较级，故填earlier。
172．句意：我并不是真的想去，因为我对古城没有兴趣。根据“I didn’t really want to go...I had no interest
in old cities.”可知后句是前句的原因，此处可以用because或as引导原因状语从句，故填because/as。
122关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
173．句意：爸爸给我们讲了一些历史。此处是特指庞贝古城的历史，应用定冠词the，故填the。
174．句意：火山爆发了，整个城市被火山灰完全覆盖了。complete是形容词，此处修饰动词，应用副词，
故填completely。
175．句意：大约有两万人丧生。主语people和动词kill之间是被动关系，应用被动语态，结合句子是一般
过去时可知应用一般过去时的被动语态：was/were done，主语是people，be动词用were。故填were
killed。
176．句意：现在，2000年过去了，世界各地的人们来到这里，看看那些年前人们是如何生活的。分析语
境可知人们来到这里是为了看看那些年前人们是如何生活的，应用动词不定式作目的状语，故填to see。
177．句意：我原以为参观那些有2000年历史的老房子很无聊，但是我错了。house“房子”，可数名词，
此处应用复数表示泛指，故填houses。
178．句意：他们大多数房间的墙上都挂满了精美的油画。have“有”，动词，句子是一般过去时，动词用
过去式，故填had。
179．句意：我希望我们家有个大浴室——我们家的浴室太小了！此处是指“我们家的浴室”，空后无名
词，应用名词性物主代词ours。故填ours。
180．句意：真是个惊喜！此处是感叹句，surprise是名词，应用what引导感叹句，故填What。
（2023·四川自贡·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
China is the birthplace of tea. Since ancient times, Chinese people have been planting, picking, making and
drinking tea. Chinese tea makers have developed 6 main kinds 181 tea—green, yellow, dark, white,
oolong and black teas. There are more than 2,000 tea 182 (product) in China.
Tea was originally used as herbal (香草的) medicine 183 (call) “tu”. During the treating process,
people gradually found that tea could not only cure illness 184 also help to clear heat away, so tea
became 185 necessary drink. Nowadays, tea is one of the world’s three major drinks. It 186
(enjoy) by people all over the world. Tea can be found everywhere, such as in family activities, workplaces,
teahouses and restaurants. It is also an important 187 (communicate) medium for making friends,
weddings and other activities. So far, Chinese tea culture 188 (become) an important part of Chinese
culture.
On November 29th, 2022, China’s traditional tea-making was 189 (successful) added to the
intangible cultural heritage list (非物质文化遗产名录) of the UNESCO. China now has the 190 (many)
items (项目) on the list. The move will help protect and hand down Chinese tea culture. It also helps foreign people
123关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
have a better understanding of Chinese tea, as well as Chinese culture.
【答案】
181．of 182．products 183．called 184．but 185．a 186．is enjoyed 187．
communication 188．has become 189．successfully 190．most
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍中国的茶文化。
181．句意：中国的茶叶制造商已经开发出6种主要的茶——绿茶、黄茶、红茶、白茶、乌龙茶和红茶。
kinds of“各种”，固定短语，故填of。
182．句意：中国有2000多种茶叶产品。“more than 2,000”修饰可数名词复数，故填products。
183．句意：茶最初被用作草药，被称为“荼”。此处应使用过去分词called作后置定语修饰其前的名词，
故填called。
184．句意：在治疗过程中，人们逐渐发现茶不仅可以治病，还可以清热，因此茶成为一种必要的饮品。
根据“people gradually found that tea could not only cure illness...also help to clear heat away”可知，此处是not
only...but also...结构，意为“不仅……而且……”。故填but。
185．句意：在治疗过程中，人们逐渐发现茶不仅可以治病，还可以清热，因此茶成为一种必要的饮品。
此处泛指一种饮品，“necessary”首字母发辅音音素。故填a。
186．句意：它受到全世界人民的喜爱。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，主语是It，故填is
enjoyed。
187．句意：它也是交友、婚礼和其他活动的重要交流媒介。此处在句中作定语修饰其后的名词，
communication medium“交流媒介”，故填communication。
188．句意：迄今为止，中国茶文化已经成为中国文化的重要组成部分。根据“So far”可知，时态是现在完
成时，主语是“Chinese tea culture”，助动词用has。故填has become。
189．句意：2022年11月29日，中国传统制茶成功被列入联合国教科文组织非物质文化遗产名录。此处
在句中修饰动词，用副词形式。故填successfully。
190．句意：中国现在拥有清单上最多的项目。此前有定冠词the修饰，用形容词最高级most。故填
most。
（2023·四川达州·统考中考真题）
语法填空 阅读下面短文，在文章空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
124关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Basketball is 191 active and much-loved sport that is enjoyed by many for fun and exercise. So far, the
“Village Basketball Association” at Taipan village in Guizhou has 192 (get) tons of attention. The final
game of the Guizhou country basketball league (联赛), known 193 “Village BA”, took place on March 27.
The winner was Team Qiandongnan and prizes for the team 194 (be) bags of rice, fish and ducks. The
players were not 195 (profession). Most of them were farmers from local villages and nearby cities. More
than 30,000 people from across the country poured into the small village to watch the game. Even a single 196
(sit) was hard to get. People knocked on iron pots and bowls to cheer for players. Villagers performed folk songs
and 197 (dance) in the halftime show.
Since 2016, the local government has worked 198 (hardly) to build new standard basketball courts
(篮球场) to support basketball development. Taipan has now been a model place of rural vitalization (乡村振兴) in
199 (sport) and tourism (旅游业). In the summer of 2022, about 500,000 visitors came here to watch “Village
BA” games. It brought great benefits (收益) to the village.
Zeng Jinlong, a 17-year-old villager, has watched the games 200 he was 6 years old. He said, “I
dream of taking part in the ‘Village BA’ final one day.”
【答案】
191．an 192． got/gotten 193．as 194．were 195．professional 196．seat 197．
danced 198．hard 199．sports 200．since
【导语】本文介绍篮球运动是一项深受人们喜爱的运动，也介绍了贵州台盘村的“村BA”。
191．句意：篮球是一项活跃而备受喜爱的运动，许多人都喜欢它来娱乐和锻炼身体。此处泛指一项运动，
“active”首字母发元音音素，故填an。
192．句意：到目前为止，贵州台盘村的“乡村篮球协会”已经获得了大量的关注。本句时态是现在完成
时，get的过去分词是got/gotten，故填got/gotten。
193．句意：被称为“村BA”的贵州乡村篮球联赛决赛于3月27日拉开帷幕。根据“The final game of the
125关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
Guizhou country basketball league (联赛), known...‘Village BA’”可知，此处是known as短语，意为“被称
为”。故填as。
194．句意：冠军是黔东南队，该队的奖品是几袋大米、鱼和鸭子。本句时态是一般过去时，主语中心词
“prizes”是复数，故填were。
195．句意：这些球员都不专业。此处在句中作表语，用形容词形式，故填professional。
196．句意：连一个座位都很难订到。a修饰可数名词单数，seat“座位”符合语境，故填seat。
197．句意：村民们在中场表演中表演了民歌和舞蹈。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填
danced。
198．句意：自2016年以来，当地政府努力建设新的标准篮球场，以支持篮球运动的发展。work hard“努
力工作”，故填hard。
199．句意：台盘现在已经成为乡村体育和旅游振兴的典范。此处与“tourism”并列，使用名词复数形式，
故填sports。
200．句意：17岁的村民曾金龙从6岁起就开始观看比赛。根据“Zeng Jinlong, a 17-year-old villager, has
watched the games...he was 6 years old.”可知，此处是“现在完成时+since+一般过去时”结构，故填since。
（2023·四川南充·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式，并将答案写在答题卡相应的
横线上。
How can I become a better person? This question has been in my head for long. As students, we spend most of
our time 201 (study). I know that learning at school 202 (make) us better persons, but I always
dream of doing more.
Last year, I got to know a group of autistic (患自闭症的) children. We called 203 (they) “the Snails”.
It was hard to communicate with them at first, because they wouldn’t like to. After 204 two-week training,
I became more skilled and got 205 (close) to them day by day. I also received much 206 (please)
when playing with them. What’s more, I found that every one of “the Snails” had his or her own talent. And their
colorful pictures on the wall caught my special attention, 207 it was difficult to tell what they were trying
to express.
208 (deep) moved by their pictures, I decided to hold a charity (慈善) sale. We walked on the busy
street, selling their creative pictures. 60 pictures 209 (sell) that day. People thought their pictures were full
210 imagination.
Back to the question about how to become a better person, I think I’m lucky enough to get my own answer.
【答案】
126关注公众号：陆陆高分冲刺 ~领取：最新版“小中高考-总复习”、最新试卷下载
201．studying 202．makes 203．them 204．a 205．closer 206．pleasure 207．
although/though 208．Deeply 209．were sold 210．of
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者如何帮助自闭症儿童，因此让自己变得更好就要学会去帮助他人。
201．句意：作为学生，我们把大部分时间都花在学习上。spend time doing sth表示“花费时间做某事”，
固定短语。故填studying。
202．句意：我知道在学校学习使我们成为更好的人，但我总是梦想做得更多。动名词“learning at school”
作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。故填makes。
203．句意：我们称他们为“蜗牛”。动词called后跟代词宾格形式。故填them。
204．句意：经过两周的训练，我变得越来越熟练，一天天地接近他们。空处泛指“两周的培训”，且two
是以辅音音素开头，用不定冠词a修饰。故填a。
205．句意：经过两周的训练，我变得越来越熟练，一天天地接近他们。根据“I became more skilled and
got ...(close) to them day by day.”可知，此处暗含比较含义，表示“更接近他们”，close的比较级为closer。
故填closer。
206．句意：当我和他们一起玩的时候，我也得到了很多乐趣。much后跟不可数名词pleasure，表示“乐
趣”。故填pleasure。
207．句意：他们挂在墙上的彩色图画引起了我的特别注意，尽管很难说出他们想表达什么。“their
colorful pictures on the wall caught my special attention,”和“ it was difficult to tell what they were trying to
express”之间是让步关系，需用连词although/though表示“尽管”。故填although/though。
208．句意：他们的照片深深地打动了我，我决定举办一场慈善义卖。修饰动词需用副词形式deeply，表示
“深深地”。故填Deeply。
209．句意：当天共售出60幅画。根据“We walked on the busy street, selling their creative pictures.”可知本
句是一般过去时；且主语60 pictures和动词sell之间是被动关系，需用一般过去时的被动语态(was/were
done)。主语是复数，be动词用were，sell的过去分词为sold。故填were sold。
210．句意：人们认为他们的画充满了想象力。be full of表示“充满……”，是固定短语。故填of。
127
